AI assistant
Weichai Power Co., Ltd. — Proxy Solicitation & Information Statement 2024
May 23, 2024
50534_rns_2024-05-23_0ca3fe8c-5f5b-4c9b-805e-b21a8bf0978d.pdf
Proxy Solicitation & Information Statement
Open in viewerOpens in your device viewer
THIS CIRCULAR IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES YOUR IMMEDIATE ATTENTION
If you are in any doubt as to any aspect of this circular or as to the action to be taken, you should consult your licensed securities dealer, registered institution in securities, bank manager, solicitor, professional accountant or other professional advisers.
If you have sold or transferred all your shares in V.S. International Group Limited, you should at once hand this circular with the accompanying form of proxy to the purchaser or transferee or to the bank manager, licensed securities dealer or registered institution in securities or other agent through whom the sale or transfer was effected for transmission to the purchaser or transferee.
Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited and The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited take no responsibility for the contents of this circular, make no representation as to its accuracy or completeness and expressly disclaim any liability whatsoever for any loss howsoever arising from or in reliance upon the whole or any part of the contents of this circular.
This circular appears for information purposes only and does not constitute an invitation or offer to acquire, purchase or subscribe for any securities.
V.S. INTERNATIONAL GROUP LIMITED
(incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability)
(Stock code: 1002)
VERY SUBSTANTIAL ACQUISITION AND CONNECTED TRANSACTION IN RELATION TO THE ACQUISITION OF THE TARGET COMPANY INVOLVING THE ISSUE OF CONSIDERATION SHARES UNDER SPECIFIC MANDATE AND
NOTICE OF EXTRAORDINARY GENERAL MEETING
Independent Financial Adviser to
the Independent Board Committee and the Independent Shareholders
==> picture [137 x 32] intentionally omitted <==
Capitalised terms used in this cover page shall have the same meanings as those defined in the section headed “Definitions” in this circular.
A notice convening the EGM to be held at V.S. Industry Berhad’s corporate office, No. 88, Jalan I-PARK SAC 5, Taman Perindustrian I-PARK SAC, 81400 Senai, Johor, Malaysia on Tuesday, 18 June 2024 at 11:00 a.m. is set out on pages EGM-1 to EGM-3 of this circular.
A letter from the Board is set out on pages 5 to 20 to this circular. A letter from the Independent Board Committee is set out on pages 21 to 22 to this circular. A letter from Gram Capital containing its advice to the Independent Board Committee and the Independent Shareholders is set out on pages 23 to 37 to this circular.
Whether or not you intend to attend the EGM, you are requested to complete and return the accompanying form of proxy in accordance with the instructions printed thereon to the Company’s branch share registrar and transfer office in Hong Kong, Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited, at 17M Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Wanchai, Hong Kong as soon as possible and in any event not less than 48 hours before the time of the EGM (no later than 11:00 a.m. on Sunday, 16 June 2024 (Hong Kong time)) or any adjournment thereof. Completion and return of the form of proxy will not preclude you from attending and voting in person at the EGM or any adjournment thereof (as the case may be) should you so wish and in such case, the form of proxy previously submitted shall be deemed to be revoked.
24 May 2024
CONTENTS
| Page | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| DEFINITIONS . | . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . | 1 | |
| LETTER FROM | THE BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . | 5 | |
| LETTER FROM | THE INDEPENDENT BOARD COMMITTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . | 21 | |
| LETTER FROM | GRAM CAPITAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . | 23 | |
| APPENDIX I | – | FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE GROUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . | I-1 |
| APPENDIX II | – | ACCOUNTANT'S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP . . . . . . . . . . . | II-1 |
| APPENDIX III | – | MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF | |
| THE TARGET GROUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . | III-1 | ||
| APPENDIX IV | – | UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF | |
| THE ENLARGED GROUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . | IV-1 | ||
| APPENDIX V | – | VALUATION REPORT ON THE PROPERTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . | V-1 |
| APPENDIX VI | – | VALUATION REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . | VI-1 |
| APPENDIX VII | – | GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . | VII-1 |
| NOTICE OF EGM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . | EGM-1 |
- i -
DEFINITIONS
In this circular, unless the context otherwise requires, the following expressions have the following meanings:
“Acquisition” the sale and purchase of the Sale Shares from B&E to V.S. Holding “Board” the board of Directors “Business Day(s)” a day (excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day on which a tropical cyclone warning No. 8 or above is hoisted or remains hoisted between 9:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon and is not lowered at or before 12:00 noon or on which a “black” rainstorm warning signal is hoisted or remains in effect between 9:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon and is not discontinued at or before 12:00 noon) on which commercial banks are open for business in Hong Kong and Vietnam “B&E” B&E Holding Limited, a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands with limited liability, the entire issued share capital of which was owned by Mr. Beh Kim Siea, a connected person of the Company “Call Option” the option granted to V.S. Holding for the acquisition of the then remaining issued shares of the Target Company beneficially and wholly owned by B&E “Call Option Agreement” the call option agreement to be entered into between V.S. Holding and B&E, which sets out, among others, the terms and conditions of the Call Option, at Completion “Call Option Share(s)” all of the then remaining issued shares of the Target Company beneficially and wholly owned by B&E (i.e. 11,710,031 shares, representing approximately 27.61% of the issued share capital of the Target Company as at the Latest Practicable Date)
-
“Company” V.S. International Group Limited, a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability, the Shares of which are listed on the Main Board of the Stock Exchange
-
“Completion” completion of the Acquisition in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Sale and Purchase Agreement
“Completion Date” means the seventh Business Day after which all Conditions Precedent have been fulfilled (or effectively waived); or any other date as V.S. Holding and B&E may agree in writing
- 1 -
DEFINITIONS
| “Condition(s) Precedent” | the condition(s) precedent in relation to the sale and purchase of the |
|---|---|
| Sale Shares in accordance with the terms of the Sale and Purchase | |
| Agreement | |
| “connected person” | has the meaning ascribed to it under the Listing Rules and the word |
| “connected” shall be construed accordingly | |
| “Consideration” | the consideration payable for the Sale Shares under the Sale and |
| Purchase Agreement | |
| “Consideration Share(s)” | 203,571,429 Shares to be allotted and issued by the Company to |
| B&E as partial settlement of the Consideration pursuant to the Sale | |
| and Purchase Agreement | |
| “Director(s)” | the director(s) of the Company |
| “EGM” | the extraordinary general meeting of the Company to be convened |
| and held to consider and approve the Sale and Purchase Agreement | |
| and the transactions contemplated thereunder, including the issue of | |
| the Consideration Shares and the grant of the Call Option | |
| “Enlarged Group” | the Group including the Target Group after Completion |
| “Group” | the Company and its subsidiaries |
| “HK$” | Hong Kong dollars, the lawful currency of Hong Kong |
| “Hong Kong” | the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC |
| “Independent Board Committee” | the independent board committee of the Board, comprising all the |
| independent non-executive Directors, namely Mr. Tang Sim Cheow, | |
| Ms. Fu Xiao Nan and Mr. Wan Mohd Fadzmi, established for the | |
| purpose of advising the Independent Shareholders in connection | |
| with the transactions contemplated under the Sale and Purchase | |
| Agreement, including the issue of the Consideration Shares and the | |
| grant of the Call Option |
“Independent Financial Adviser” or Gram Capital Limited, a licensed corporation to carry on Type 6 “Gram Capital” (advising on corporate finance) regulated activity under the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Chapter 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong), being the independent financial adviser appointed to advise the Independent Board Committee and the Independent Shareholders in connection with the transactions contemplated under the Sale and Purchase Agreement, including the issue of the Consideration Shares and the grant of the Call Option
- 2 -
DEFINITIONS
| “Independent Shareholder(s) | the Shareholder(s) other than Shareholders who have a material |
|---|---|
| interest in the resolutions to be passed at the EGM and must abstain | |
| from voting on the resolutions under the Listing Rules | |
| “independent third party(ies)” | person(s) who or company(ies) who is/are third party(ies) |
| independent of the Company and its connected person | |
| “Latest Practicable Date” | 21 May 2024, being the latest practicable date prior to the |
| publication of this circular for the purpose of ascertaining certain | |
| information contained in this circular | |
| “Listing Rules” | the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock |
| Exchange | |
| “Long Stop Date” | 30 September 2024 or such later date as may be agreed in writing |
| by B&E and V.S. Holding | |
| “Material Adverse Change” | any change (or effect) which has a material and adverse effect on |
| the financial position, business or property, results of operation or | |
| prospects of the Target Group as a whole | |
| “PAT” | means profit after tax of the Target Group |
| “PRC” | the People’s Republic of China (for the purpose of this circular, |
| excluding Hong Kong, the Macau Special Administrative Region of | |
| the PRC and Taiwan) | |
| “Production Facility” | an industrial development situated located at Lot C1 & C2, Que Vo |
| Industrial Park, Van Duong Ward, Bac Ninh City, Bac Ninh | |
| Province, Vietnam | |
| “RMB” | Renminbi, the lawful currency of the PRC |
| “Sale and Purchase Agreement” | the sale and purchase agreement dated 21 February 2024 entered |
| into between V.S. Holding and B&E, pursuant to which V.S. | |
| Holding conditionally agreed to acquire and B&E conditionally | |
| agreed to sell the Sale Shares | |
| “Sale Share(s)” | 18,361,658 ordinary shares of VND10,000 (equivalent to |
| approximately HK$3.18) each of the Target Company beneficially | |
| owned by B&E | |
| “Share(s)” | ordinary share(s) of HK$0.05 each in the share capital of the |
| Company | |
| “Shareholder(s)” | the shareholder(s) of the Company |
- 3 -
DEFINITIONS
| “Stock Exchange” | The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited |
|---|---|
| “Target Company” | VS Industry Vietnam Joint Stock Company, a joint stock company |
| incorporated in Vietnam and an associated company of the | |
| Company as at the Latest Practicable Date | |
| “Target Group” | the Target Company and its subsidiary, namely VS Technology |
| Company Limited | |
| “USA” | the United States of America |
| “US$” or “USD” | United States dollar, the lawful currency of the USA |
| “Valuer” | Roma Appraisals Limited, an independent valuer engaged by the |
| Company | |
| “Vietnam” | the Socialist Republic of Vietnam |
| “VND” | Vietnamese dong, the lawful currency of Vietnam |
| “V.S. Holding” | V.S. Holding Vietnam Limited, a company incorporated in the |
| British Virgin Islands with limited liability, and a direct wholly- | |
| owned subsidiary of the Company | |
| “%” | per cent |
For the purpose of this circular, unless otherwise specified, conversions of (i) US$ into HK$ are based on the approximate exchange rate of US$1.00 to HK$7.8104; (ii) HK$ into VND are based on the approximate exchange rate of HK$1.00 to VND3,148.59; and (iii) RMB into HK$ are based on the approximate exchange rate of RMB1.00 to HK$1.09.
- 4 -
LETTER FROM THE BOARD
V.S. INTERNATIONAL GROUP LIMITED
(incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability)
(Stock code: 1002)
Executive Directors: Mr. Beh Kim Ling Mr. Beh Chern Wei Mr. Zhang Pei Yu (Ms. Beh Hwee Sze as his alternate)
Registered office: Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive P.O. Box 2681 Grand Cayman KY1-1111 Cayman Islands
Independent non-executive Directors: Mr. Tang Sim Cheow Ms. Fu Xiao Nan Mr. Wan Mohd Fadzmi
Principal place of business in Hong Kong 40th Floor, Jardine House 1 Connaught Place, Central Hong Kong 24 May 2024
To the Shareholders
Dear Sir or Madam,
VERY SUBSTANTIAL ACQUISITION AND CONNECTED TRANSACTION IN RELATION TO THE ACQUISITION OF THE TARGET COMPANY INVOLVING THE ISSUE OF CONSIDERATION SHARES UNDER SPECIFIC MANDATE
I. INTRODUCTION
Reference is made to the announcement of the Company dated 21 February 2024.
The purpose of this circular is to provide you with, among other things, (i) a letter from the Board containing further details of the Sale and Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereunder; (ii) a letter from the Independent Board Committee containing the view of the Independent Board Committee on the Sale and Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereunder; (iii) a letter from Gram Capital advising the Independent Board Committee and the Independent Shareholders; and (iv) notice of the EGM.
- 5 -
LETTER FROM THE BOARD
II. THE ACQUISITION
On 21 February 2024 (after trading hours), V.S. Holding (as purchaser) and B&E (as vendor) entered into the Sale and Purchase Agreement pursuant to which V.S. Holding conditionally agreed to acquire and B&E conditionally agreed to sell the Sale Shares, being approximately 43.29% of the issued share capital of the Target Company, at the Consideration of HK$69.00 million.
THE SALE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT
The principal terms of the Sale and Purchase Agreement are set out as follows:
Date: 21 February 2024 Parties: (1) V.S. Holding, as the purchaser; and (2) B&E, as the vendor.
Conditions Precedent
Completion is subject to and conditional upon the satisfaction or waiver (if applicable) of the following conditions:
-
(i) the approval by the Independent Shareholders at the EGM of the Sale and Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including the issue of the Consideration Shares and the grant of the Call Option), and all other consents and acts required under the Listing Rules (where applicable) having been obtained and completed or, as the case may be, the relevant waiver from compliance with any of such rules having been obtained from the Stock Exchange (where applicable);
-
(ii) the Listing Committee of the Stock Exchange granting the listing of, and the permission to deal in, the Consideration Shares;
-
(iii) all requisite waivers, consents and approvals from (a) the Industrial Zones Authority of Bac Ninh province (Bac Ninh IZA) (being the relevant regulatory authority in Vietnam), and any other relevant governments or regulatory authorities (if required); and (b) other relevant shareholders of the Target Company and any other relevant third parties (if required), in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Sale and Purchase Agreement having been obtained and remaining in full force and effect;
-
(iv) V.S. Holding being reasonably satisfied with the results of the due diligence exercise (whether legal, accounting, financial, operational, or other aspects that V.S. Holding considers relevant) on the Target Group, their related assets, liabilities, activities, operations, prospects and other status which V.S. Holding, its agents or professional advisers think necessary and appropriate to conduct; and
-
(v) V.S. Holding being satisfied that, from the date of the Sale and Purchase Agreement to Completion, there has not been any Material Adverse Change in respect of any member of the Target Group and as a whole.
-
6 -
LETTER FROM THE BOARD
V.S. Holding may waive any of the Conditions Precedent (other than Conditions Precedent (i) to (iii) above) at its sole and absolute discretion at or before 12:00 noon (Hong Kong time) on the Long Stop Date. If the Conditions Precedent have not been fulfilled in full (or waived, where applicable) on or before 12:00 noon (Hong Kong time) on the Long Stop Date, all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder (other than clauses relating to confidentiality and governing law and jurisdiction under the Sale and Purchase Agreement shall remain in full force and effect) shall cease and terminate, and no party to the Sale and Purchase Agreement shall have any claim against or liability to the other party with respect to any matter referred to in the Sale and Purchase Agreement save for any antecedent breaches of the Sale and Purchase Agreement.
Condition Precedent (iv) relates to whether V.S. Holding is reasonably satisfied with the results of the due diligence exercise on the Target Group. It is not improbable that during the due diligence exercise, V.S. Holding and/or its advisers identify areas which they are not satisfied with, but of a minor nature. For areas that V.S. Holding and/or its advisers are not satisfied with but of a minor nature, it will be in the interests of V.S. Holding to waive Condition Precedent (iv) and proceed to Completion. Therefore, it is agreed between the parties to the Sale and Purchase Agreement that V.S. Holding may waive Condition Precedent (iv), which is considered as a normal commercial term to allow flexibility.
It is at V.S. Holding’s sole and absolute discretion to decide whether to waive Condition Precedent (iv) and/ or Condition Precedent (v). As at the Latest Practicable Date, V.S. Holding has no intention to waive any of the Conditions Precedent. The Directors have the duty to carry out independent and sufficient investigation and due diligence on the Target Group, and will ensure that a Condition Precedent will only be waived when (i) the quality of the Target Group is ensured; (ii) it will not affect the substance of the Acquisition; (iii) it is under fair and reasonable circumstances and (iv) it is in the interests of the Company and the Shareholders.
As at the Latest Practicable Date, none of the Conditions Precedent has been waived and Condition Precedent (iii)(b) has been fulfilled.
Consideration
Pursuant to the Sale and Purchase Agreement, the Consideration payable by V.S. Holding for the Sale Shares is HK$69.00 million. The Consideration shall be satisfied by (i) payment in cash of HK$12.00 million; and (ii) the allotment and issue of Consideration Shares at the issue price of HK$0.28 per Consideration Share on the Completion Date.
Basis of the Consideration
The Consideration was arrived at based on normal commercial terms after arm’s length negotiation among the parties to the Sale and Purchase Agreement, after taking into account, among others, the preliminary valuation of 43.29% equity value of the Target Group of HK$69.00 million based on market-based approach as at 30 November 2023 prepared by the Valuer, together with, (i) the well-established business, solid customer base and production capabilities of the Target Group; (ii) the financial performance and prospects of the businesses operated by the Target Group; and (iii) the reasons and benefits of the Acquisition as stated under the paragraph headed “Reasons for and benefits of the Acquisition” in this letter.
- 7 -
LETTER FROM THE BOARD
The Target Company was set up in 2006 with a long-established principal business in Plastic Injection and Moulding, Assembling of Electronic Products and Mould Design and Fabrication (as defined below). Its major customers include international brands located in Europe and the USA, including multinational corporations, listed companies and leading manufacturers in various industries. The Target Company possesses the production capacity to deliver “one-stop service” from designing and fabricating the plastic moulds for injections, to full-assembly of electronic products for its customers. It has more than 150 units of plastic injection machines with an experienced work force in its Production Facility, which is situated at a strategic location with a usable area of over 26,000 square metres. For the two years ended 31 July 2023, the net profit after taxation of the Target Group was approximately HK$20.05 million and HK$23.85 million respectively. Considering that Vietnam has become a major beneficiary of manufacturers’ efforts to “derisk” their exposure as to geopolitical tensions and enjoys foreign trade opportunities by entering into various free trade agreements with various countries, and that it also enjoys lower labour costs compared to the labour costs in the PRC, coupled with the well-established business, solid customer base and production capabilities of the Target Group, it is considered that there is room for further financial and business development of the Target Group.
The Consideration Shares and the Issue Price
The Consideration Shares represent (i) approximately 8.82% of the issued share capital of the Company as at the Latest Practicable Date; and (ii) approximately 8.11% of the issued share capital of the Company as enlarged by the allotment and issue of the Consideration Shares (assuming that there will be no change in the issued share capital of the Company other than the allotment and issue of Consideration Shares). The authorised share capital of the Company as at the Latest Practicable Date was HK$200,000,000, comprising 4,000,000,000 Shares.
The issue price of HK$0.28 per Consideration Share was arrived at after arm’s length negotiation among the parties to the Sale and Purchase Agreement after taking into account of, among others, the total equity attributable to owners of the Company and the preliminary valuation on the landed properties of the Group as at 31 July 2023, which represents:
-
(i) a premium of approximately 191.67% over the closing price of HK$0.096 per Share as quoted on the Stock Exchange on 21 February 2024, being the date of the Sale and Purchase Agreement;
-
(ii) a premium of approximately 196.61% over the average of the closing price of HK$0.0944 per Share as quoted on the Stock Exchange for the last five consecutive trading days immediately prior to 21 February 2024, being the date of the Sale and Purchase Agreement;
-
(iii) a premium of approximately 211.11% over the closing price of HK$0.090 per Share as quoted on the Stock Exchange on 21 May 2024, being the Latest Practicable Date; and
-
(iv) a premium of approximately 112.12% over the net asset value per Share as at 31 July 2023 (i.e. HK$0.132 per Share).
-
8 -
LETTER FROM THE BOARD
The aggregate nominal value of share capital for the Consideration Shares is approximately HK$10.18 million. The Consideration Shares, when allotted and issued, will rank pari passu in all aspects with, and having the same rights in all aspects with the other Shares in issue on the date of allotment and issue of the Consideration Shares. The allotment and issue of the Consideration Shares will not result in a change in control of the Company.
The Consideration Shares will be allotted and issued pursuant to a specific mandate to allot, issue and deal in the Consideration Shares. The grant of such specific mandate will be sought from the Independent Shareholders at the EGM. Application will be made by the Company to the Stock Exchange for the listing of, and permission to deal in, the Consideration Shares. The Company has not conducted any issue of equity securities in the past 12 months immediately before the Latest Practicable Date.
Completion
Completion shall take place on the seventh Business Day after which all Conditions Precedent have been fulfilled (or effectively waived) (or any other date as V.S. Holding and B&E may agree in writing).
Financial effect of the Acquisition
As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Company indirectly owned approximately 18.74% of the issued share capital of the Target Company through V.S. Holding. Upon Completion, the Company will indirectly own approximately 62.03% of the issued share capital of the Target Company through V.S. Holding. The Target Company will become a non-wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and the financial results of which will be consolidated into the financial statements of the Company.
Appendix IV to this circular presents the unaudited pro forma financial information of the Enlarged Group and describes the basis of preparation thereof.
(i) Earnings
Assuming that Completion had taken place on 1 August 2022, the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of comprehensive income of the Enlarged Group will change from total comprehensive loss for the year and attributable to owners of the Company of approximately RMB22.65 million to total comprehensive income for the year and attributable to owners of the Company of approximately RMB35.35 million as indicated in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of comprehensive income of the Enlarged Group contained in Appendix IV to this circular. Further details on the unaudited pro forma financial information of the Enlarged Group is set out in Appendix IV to this circular.
(ii) Assets and liabilities
Assuming that Completion had taken place on 31 January 2024, the unaudited pro forma total assets of the Enlarged Group as at 31 January 2024 will increase from approximately RMB310.49 million to approximately RMB669.41 million and total liabilities will increase from approximately RMB37.36 million to approximately RMB267.04 million as indicated in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of financial position of the Enlarged Group contained in Appendix IV to this circular.
- 9 -
LETTER FROM THE BOARD
III. EFFECT ON THE SHAREHOLDING STRUCTURE OF THE COMPANY
Assuming that there will be no change in the issued share capital of the Company other than the allotment and issue of the Consideration Shares, the shareholding structure of the Company (i) as at the Latest Practicable Date; and (ii) immediately after the issue and allotment of the Consideration Shares are set out below for illustrative purposes:
| Name of shareholder Mr. Beh Kim Ling and his related parties Mr. Beh Kim Ling (Note 1) V.S. Industry Berhad (Note 2) Mr. Gan Sem Yam (Note 3) Ms. Gan Chian Yi (Note 4) Mr. Beh Chern Wei (Note 5) Ms. Beh Hwee Sze (Note 6) Ms. Beh Hwee Lee (Note 7) Mr. Gan Tiong Sia (Note 8) Ms. Gan Swu Juan (Note 9) B&E (Note 10) Sub-total (Note 11) Other Directors Mr. Tang Sim Cheow (Note 12) Mr. Zhang Pei Yu (Note 13) |
As at the Latest No. of Shares 158,904,532 1,000,109,963 44,671,395 39,464,093 37,111,960 30,206,960 24,571,961 17,215,074 16,300,000 – 1,368,555,938 639,130 2,000 |
Practicable Date Approximate % 6.89 43.34 1.94 1.71 1.61 1.31 1.06 0.75 0.71 – 59.32 0.03 0.00 |
Immediately after the issue and allotment of the Consideration Shares No. of Shares Approximate % 158,904,532 6.33 1,000,109,963 39.83 44,671,395 1.78 39,464,093 1.57 37,111,960 1.48 30,206,960 1.20 24,571,961 0.98 17,215,074 0.69 16,300,000 0.65 203,571,429 8.11 1,572,127,367 62.62 639,130 0.03 2,000 0.00 |
Immediately after the issue and allotment of the Consideration Shares No. of Shares Approximate % 158,904,532 6.33 1,000,109,963 39.83 44,671,395 1.78 39,464,093 1.57 37,111,960 1.48 30,206,960 1.20 24,571,961 0.98 17,215,074 0.69 16,300,000 0.65 203,571,429 8.11 1,572,127,367 62.62 639,130 0.03 2,000 0.00 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 62.62 0.03 0.00 |
- 10 -
LETTER FROM THE BOARD
| Name of shareholder Public Shareholders Total |
As at the Latest No. of Shares 938,316,295 2,307,513,363 |
Practicable Date Approximate % 40.65 100.00% |
Immediately after the issue and allotment of the Consideration Shares No. of Shares Approximate % 938,316,295 37.35 2,511,084,792 100.00% |
Immediately after the issue and allotment of the Consideration Shares No. of Shares Approximate % 938,316,295 37.35 2,511,084,792 100.00% |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 100.00% |
Notes:
-
(1) Mr. Beh Kim Ling is an executive Director and the chairman of the Board. He is the brother-in-law of Mr. Gan Sem Yam and Mr. Gan Tiong Sia, and the father of Mr. Beh Chern Wei, Ms. Beh Hwee Sze and Ms. Beh Hwee Lee.
-
(2) V.S. Industry Berhad (“ VS Berhad ”) is the holding company of the Company which is listed on the Main Market of Bursa Malaysia Securities Berhad. Mr. Beh Kim Ling is the executive chairman of VS Berhad and held approximately 9.27% shares of VS Berhad.
-
(3) Mr. Gan Sem Yam is a brother-in-law of Mr. Beh Kim Ling, a brother of Mr. Gan Tiong Sia, and an uncle of Mr. Beh Chern Wei, Ms. Beh Hwee Sze and Ms. Beh Hwee Lee.
-
(4) Ms. Gan Chian Yi is a daughter of Mr. Gan Sem Yam and a niece of Mr. Beh Kim Ling.
-
(5) Mr. Beh Chern Wei is an executive Director. He is a son of Mr. Beh Kim Ling, a nephew of Mr. Gan Sem Yam and Mr. Gan Tiong Sia, and a brother of Ms. Beh Hwee Sze and Ms. Beh Hwee Lee.
-
(6) Ms. Beh Hwee Sze is the alternate Director to Mr. Zhang Pei Yu. She is a daughter of Mr. Beh Kim Ling, a niece of Mr. Gan Sem Yam and Mr. Gan Tiong Sia, and a sister of Mr. Beh Chern Wei and Ms. Beh Hwee Lee.
-
(7) Ms. Beh Hwee Lee is a daughter of Mr. Beh Kim Ling, a niece of Mr. Gan Sem Yam and Mr. Gan Tiong Sia, and a sister of Mr. Beh Chern Wei and Ms. Beh Hwee Sze.
-
(8) Mr. Gan Tiong Sia is a brother-in-law of Mr. Beh Kim Ling, a brother of Mr. Gan Sem Yam, and an uncle of Mr. Beh Chern Wei, Ms. Beh Hwee Sze and Ms. Beh Hwee Lee.
-
(9) Ms. Gan Swu Juan is a daughter of Mr. Gan Tiong Sia and a niece of Mr. Beh Kim Ling.
-
(10) As at the Latest Practicable Date, B&E was wholly owned by Mr. Beh Kim Siea, brother of Mr. Beh Kim Ling and uncle of Mr. Beh Chern Wei, Ms. Beh Hwee Sze and Ms. Beh Hwee Lee.
-
(11) Mr. Beh Kim Ling and his related parties include Mr. Beh Kim Ling, VS Berhad, Mr. Gan Sem Yam, Ms. Gan Chian Yi, Mr. Beh Chern Wei, Ms. Beh Hwee Sze, Ms. Beh Hwee Lee, Mr. Gan Tiong Sia, Ms. Gan Swu Juan and B&E. As Mr. Beh Kim Ling and his related parties are considered to have material interest in the resolution(s) approving the Sale and Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereunder, including the issue of the Consideration Shares and the grant of the Call Option, they will abstain from voting at the EGM.
-
(12) Mr. Tang Sim Cheow is an independent non-executive Director.
-
(13) Mr. Zhang Pei Yu is an executive Director.
-
11 -
LETTER FROM THE BOARD
IV. THE CALL OPTION
Pursuant to the Sale and Purchase Agreement, subject to Completion, V.S. Holding has full discretion to purchase all of the then remaining issued shares of the Target Company beneficially and wholly owned by B&E (i.e. 11,710,031 shares, representing approximately 27.61% of the issued share capital of the Target Company as at the Latest Practicable Date) (i.e. the Call Option). The parties shall enter into the Call Option Agreement which sets out, among others, the terms and conditions of the Call Option, at Completion. No premium is required for the grant of the Call Option.
Exercise period
The Call Option may be exercised by V.S. Holding within the following option periods:
-
(a) if the Target Group achieves an audited PAT of US$3.00 million (equivalent to approximately HK$23.43 million) or above (“ PAT Target ”) during any financial year on or before 31 July 2026, the Call Option is exercisable by V.S. Holding at any time within 12 months from the Target Group achieving the PAT Target (“ Option Period A ”); or
-
(b) if the Target Group fails to achieve the PAT Target during any financial year on or before 31 July 2026, the Call Option is exercisable by V.S. Holding at any time from 1 August 2027 until 31 July 2028 (“ Option Period B ”).
The PAT Target was determined after arm’s length negotiation among the parties to the Call Option Agreement, after taking into account, among others, the unaudited consolidated PAT of approximately HK$13.97 million (equivalent to approximately US$1.79 million) of the Target Group for the year ended 31 July 2023 (as disclosed in the paragraph headed “Financial information of the Target Group” below), and the upward business trend of the Target Group considering the business and financial prospect of the Target Group, the customer base and production capabilities of the Target Group and the room for growth and profitability of the Target Group after the Acquisition. In particular, in 2023, the Target Group phased out the production for a certain customer with products that had a relatively lower profit margin, and obtained a new customer in 2024 with a higher profit margin. With the Target Group’s strategy to improve product mix, it was expected that the PAT of the Target Group will improve and the PAT Target of US$3.00 million is achievable notwithstanding the unaudited consolidated PAT of approximately US$1.79 million of the Target Group for the year ended 31 July 2023. It is also noted that the audited consolidated PAT of the Target Group for the year ended 31 July 2023 is approximately US$3.05 million, further demonstrating that the PAT Target of US$3.00 million is achievable.
If the Call Option is not exercised within the above option periods, the Call Option shall lapse on the expiry of the Option Period A or the Option Period B (as the case may be) and all rights and obligations of the parties under the Call Option Agreement (other than confidentiality obligations which shall remain in full force and effect) shall cease and terminate, and no party to the Call Option Agreement shall have any claim against or liability to the other party with respect to any matter referred to the Call Option Agreement save for any antecedent breaches of the Call Option Agreement.
- 12 -
LETTER FROM THE BOARD
Pursuant to Rule 14A.79(4) of the Listing Rules, if the Company decides not to exercise the Call Option by the expiry of the Option Period A or the Option Period B (as the case may be) and allows the Call Option to lapse upon expiry, the Company will be required to treat as if the Call Option has been exercised. Accordingly, the Company will be required to compute the applicable percentage ratios in respect of the non-exercise of the Call Option, and the Company may be subject to reporting, announcement and Independent Shareholders’ approval requirements under Chapter 14A of the Listing Rules, depending on the amount of the applicable percentage ratios. The Company will comply with the relevant Listing Rules as and when appropriate.
Exercise price
The exercise price of the Call Option will be based on the market value of the Target Group to be determined by an independent valuer agreeable to both parties. V.S. Holding shall serve an exercise notice to B&E exercising the Call Option within the Option Period A or the Option Period B (as the case may be). The exercise price of the Call Option shall be fixed at least 10 Business Days before the service of the exercise notice by V.S. Holding.
As at the Latest Practicable Date, V.S. Holding intended to exercise the Call Option in accordance with the Call Option Agreement taking into account of the potential business and financial prospect of the Target Group. Pursuant to Rule 14A.79(3) of the Listing Rules, at the time of exercise of the Call Option, the Company will be required to compute the applicable percentage ratios in respect of the exercise of the Call Option. The Company will comply with the relevant Listing Rules and announce the details of the exercise of the Call Option, including but not limited to the amount of the exercise price of the Call Option, as and when appropriate.
V. INFORMATION ON THE GROUP
The Group is principally engaged in (i) the manufacturing and sale of plastic moulded products and parts (“ Plastic Injection and Moulding ”); (ii) assembling of electronic products (“ Assembling of Electronic Products ”) and (iii) moulds design and fabrication (“ Mould Design and Fabrication ”). The major customers of the Group are located in the PRC. The Group’s main production facility is located at Zhuhai, the PRC.
VI. INFORMATION ON B&E
B&E is an investment holding company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, the entire issued share capital of which is owned by Mr. Beh Kim Siea, (i) a brother of Mr. Beh Kim Ling who is the chairman of the Board and an executive Director; (ii) an uncle of Mr. Beh Chern Wei, an executive Director; and (iii) an uncle of Ms. Beh Hwee Sze, the alternate Director to Mr. Zhang Pei Yu, an executive Director.
VII. INFORMATION ON THE TARGET GROUP
The Target Company is a company incorporated in Vietnam in 2006 by Mr. Beh Kim Siea and another shareholder. In 2006, Mr. Beh Kim Siea transferred approximately 18.8% of the then existing issued share capital of the Target Company to V.S. Holding, and the Target Company has been an
- 13 -
LETTER FROM THE BOARD
associated company of the Company since 2006. Mr. Beh Kim Ling, the chairman of the Board and an executive Director, is also the chairman of the Target Company. B&E contributed capital of approximately US$14.80 million (equivalent to approximately HK$115.59 million) for approximately 70.90% of the issued share capital of the Target Company. The original acquisition cost of the Sale Shares to B&E was approximately US$9.03 million (equivalent to approximately HK$70.53 million).
The Target Company has the same principal business as the Group (i.e. Plastic Injection and Moulding, Assembling of Electronic Products and Mould Design and Fabrication). It holds the title of a piece of land in Vietnam with a site area of over 26,000 square metres with an industrial development, which is used as its current operating production facility (i.e. the Production Facility). As at 30 November 2023, the Production Facility was preliminarily valued at US$14.53 million (equivalent to approximately HK$113.49 million) in total. Its major customers include international brands located in Europe and the USA. As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Target Company has one wholly-owned subsidiary, namely VS Technology Company Limited, which is a limited company incorporated in Vietnam and is principally engaged in designing, manufacturing and trading plastic moulds, and providing mould maintenance and repair services.
As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Company indirectly owned approximately 18.74% of the issued share capital of the Target Company through V.S. Holding, while B&E, Mr. Beh Kim Siea and employees of the Target Company owned approximately 70.90%, 0.35% and 1.68% of the issued share capital of the Target Company respectively. The remaining issued share capital of the Target Company was owned by (i) Toyota Tsusho (H.K.) Corporation Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong with limited liability and an independent third party of the Company; (ii) VNT Co., Ltd., a company incorporated in Vietnam with limited liability and an independent third party of the Company; and (iii) the Target Company itself.
To the best of the Directors’ knowledge, information and belief having made all reasonable enquiry, apart from V.S. Holding, B&E, Mr. Beh Kim Siea and certain employees of the Target Company who are relatives of Mr. Beh Kim Ling, all shareholders of the Target Company and their respective ultimate beneficial owners are independent third parties of the Company.
To the best of the Directors’ knowledge, information and belief having made all reasonable enquiry, there has been no material loan arrangement between (a) B&E, its sole director and/or its sole and ultimate beneficial owner; and (b) the Company, any connected person at the Company’s level (except B&E, its sole director and/or its sole and ultimate beneficial owner) and/or any connected person at V.S. Holding in the past 12 months immediately before and up to the Latest Practicable Date.
- 14 -
LETTER FROM THE BOARD
Assuming that there will be no change in the issued share capital of the Target Company, the shareholding structure of the Target Company (i) as at the Latest Practicable Date; (ii) immediately after Completion; and (iii) immediately after the exercise of the Call Option, are set out below for illustrative purposes:
| Immediately after the exercise of | Immediately after the exercise of | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Name of Shareholder | **As at the Latest ** | Practicable Date | **Immediately after ** | Completion | the Call Option | |
| No. of shares | Approximate % | No. of shares | Approximate % | No. of shares | Approximate % | |
| B&E | 30,071,689 | 70.90 | 11,710,031 | 27.61 | – | – |
| V.S. Holding | 7,947,700 | 18.74 | 26,309,358 | 62.03 | 38,019,389 | 89.64 |
| Toyota Tsusho (H.K.) | ||||||
| Corporation Limited | 2,280,000 | 5.37 | 2,280,000 | 5.37 | 2,280,000 | 5.37 |
| VNT Co., Ltd. | 855,000 | 2.02 | 855,000 | 2.02 | 855,000 | 2.02 |
| Employees of the | ||||||
| Target Company | 714,821 | 1.68 | 714,821 | 1.68 | 714,821 | 1.68 |
| Mr. Beh Kim Siea | 147,700 | 0.35 | 147,700 | 0.35 | 147,700 | 0.35 |
| Target Company | 397,179 | 0.94 | 397,179 | 0.94 | 397,179 | 0.94 |
| Total | 42,414,089 | 100.00% | 42,414,089 | 100.00% | 42,414,089 | 100.00% |
Financial information of the Target Group
Set out below is the audited consolidated financial information of the Target Group for the two years ended 31 July 2023 and the unaudited consolidated financial information of the Target Group six months ended 31 January 2024:
| For the | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| For the year ended | For the year ended | six months ended | |
| 31 July 2022 | 31 July 2023 | 31 January 2024 | |
| (US$’000) | (US$’000) | (US$’000) | |
| Net profit before | 2,814 | 3,463 | 2,004 |
| taxation | (equivalent to | (equivalent to | (equivalent to |
| approximately | approximately | approximately | |
| HK$21,978,466) | HK$27,047,415) | HK$15,673,231) | |
| Net profit after taxation | 2,567 | 3,053 | 1,849 |
| (equivalent to | (equivalent to | (equivalent to | |
| approximately | approximately | approximately | |
| HK$20,049,297) | HK$23,845,151) | HK$14,457,836) |
The audited consolidated net assets value of the Target Group as at 31 July 2023 was approximately US$16.23 million (equivalent to approximately HK$126.75 million) and the unaudited consolidated net assets value of the Target Group was approximately US$18.08 million (equivalent to
- 15 -
LETTER FROM THE BOARD
approximately HK$141.32 million) as at 31 January 2024. As at 30 November 2023, the Target Group was preliminarily valued at HK$160.00 million based on market-based approach by the Valuer. The Valuer adopted the market-based approach to determine the value of the Target Group, which was based on, among others, the price-earning ratios of comparable companies, instead of the net assets value of the Target Group.
Each of the net assets value of the Target Group and the market value of the Target Group is arrived at by using different calculation methods. Thus, the net assets value of the Target Group did not reflect the market value of the Target Group. The net assets value of the Target Group is the balance sheet value of the Target Group’s net assets, which did not reflect, among others, upward adjustments of assets based on the market value, potential intangible assets (e.g. customer relationship) and goodwill. The market value of the Target Group was based on, among others, the price-earning ratios of comparable companies, instead of the net assets value of the Target Group. The Valuer obtained the estimated market value of the Target Group as at 30 November 2023 by applying the P/E multiple adopted to the estimated net profit of the Target Group contributable to the trailing 12-month period ended 30 November 2023. The estimated market value of the Target Group was then arrived after adjustments on non-operating assets, non-operating liabilities and the marketability discount. For further details, please refer to Appendix VI to this circular. Therefore, there is a difference between the net assets value and market value of the Target Group.
As advised by the Valuer, market-based approach is considered a common method when market comparables are available. Market-based approach was therefore adopted as it is considered an appropriate method to reflect a fair and reasonable value of the Target Group given the availability of comparable market data.
VIII. REASONS FOR AND BENEFITS OF THE ACQUISITION
The Group and the Target Group have the same business model and business segments (i.e. Plastic Injection and Moulding, Assembling of Electronic Products and Mould Design and Fabrication), and that they possess the same production technology and technical know-how.
It is expected that the Acquisition could expand the Group’s customer base and product offering as an enlarged group, i.e. with the existing Group and the Target Group after the Acquisition. It could also expand the business reach of the Group to tap into the Vietnam manufacturing market to enjoy the lower labour costs and the favourable development opportunities available to the Target Group and other manufacturers operating in Vietnam, and to diversify the Group’s business market.
The Group’s major customers are based in the PRC with their targeted market focusing in the PRC. On the other hand, the major customers of the Target Group are more international with more global targeted markets including Asia, Europe and the USA. The Group’s current product offering includes the production of plastic injection parts, assembling and/or manufacturing of moulds for electronic pianos, air purifiers and water purifiers. On the other hand, the Target Group’s product offering mainly includes the production of plastic injection parts, assembling and/or manufacturing of moulds for office printers, paper towel dispensers, cutlery dispensers, cup dispensers, portable toilets and medical products.
- 16 -
LETTER FROM THE BOARD
After the Acquisition, it is expected that the Enlarged Group will have a broader customer base, with both PRC domestic as well as international customers. On the other hand, the Enlarged Group would also have a broader product offering, and the Enlarged Group could utilise its broadened product offering to serve more customers or potential customers with different product requirements.
Moreover, Vietnam has become a major beneficiary of manufacturers’ efforts to “de-risk” their exposure as to geopolitical tensions and enjoys foreign trade opportunities by entering into various free trade agreements with various countries. It also enjoys lower labour costs compared to the labour costs in the PRC. After the Acquisition, not only the Enlarged Group will have a broader customer base and product offering, it will also be able to enjoy the favourable business opportunities available to manufacturers in Vietnam and lower labour cost as compared with that in the PRC.
The Enlarged Group will have two production bases with increased production capacities which can cater for demands from different customers or potential customers. It is believed that these can facilitate the business development of the Enlarged Group to attract and capture customers and potential customers with different product requirements, and which wish to diversify their supply chain, lower their overall production costs, or to “de-risk” their exposures to the geopolitical tensions.
It is expected that the Acquisition would expand the Group’s business and enrich the Group’s income stream, which will be beneficial to the Group and the Shareholders.
The Directors noted the Consideration of HK$69.00 million is higher than (i) the audited consolidated net assets value of 43.29% equity interest of the Target Group as at 31 July 2023, which is approximately US$7.03 million (equivalent to approximately HK$54.91 million); and (ii) the unaudited consolidated net assets value of 43.29% equity interest of the Target Group as at 31 January 2024, which is approximately US$7.83 million (equivalent to approximately HK$61.16 million).
The (i) audited consolidated net assets value of the Target Group of approximately US$16.23 million (equivalent to approximately HK$126.75 million) as at 31 July 2023; and (ii) the unaudited consolidated net assets value of the Target Group of approximately US$18.08 million (equivalent to approximately HK$141.32 million) as at 31 January 2024, only took into account of the book values of the assets owned by the Target Group, which did not reflect the current value of the Target Group and the Sale Shares. The net assets value did not reflect, among others, upward adjustments of assets based on the market value, potential intangible assets (e.g. customer relationship) and goodwill. As disclosed above, market-based approach is considered an appropriate method to reflect a fair and reasonable value of the Target Group. Accordingly, it is considered that the preliminary valuation of the Target Company of HK$160.00 million as at 30 November 2023 better reflects the market value of the Sale Shares than the net assets value of the Target Group.
Considering the preliminary valuation of the Target Group as at 30 November 2023, which better reflects the market value of the Sale Shares than the net assets value of theTarget Group, together with, (i) the well-established business, solid customer base and production capabilities of the Target Group; (ii) the financial performance and prospects of the businesses operated by the Target Group;
- 17 -
LETTER FROM THE BOARD
and (iii) the reasons and benefits of the Acquisition as stated above, the Directors consider that the Consideration, notwithstanding being higher than net assets value of the Target Group, is fair and reasonable and the Acquisition is in the interests of the Company and the Shareholders.
Accordingly, the Directors (including all the independent non-executive Directors whose views are set out in the letter from the Independent Board Committee in the circular) consider that although the transactions contemplated under the Sale and Purchase Agreement, including the grant of the Call Option, are not in the ordinary and usual course of business of the Group, the transactions are on normal commercial terms and are fair and reasonable, and are in the interests of the Group and the Shareholders as a whole.
As (i) Mr. Beh Kim Ling, an executive Director and chairman of the Board, is a brother of Mr. Beh Kim Siea, the sole owner of B&E; (ii) Mr. Beh Chern Wei, an executive Director, is a son of Mr. Beh Kim Ling and a nephew of Mr. Beh Kim Siea; and (iii) Ms. Beh Hwee Sze, the alternate Director to Mr. Zhang Pei Yu (an executive Director), is a daughter of Mr. Beh Kim Ling and a niece of Mr. Beh Kim Siea, they are deemed to be interested in the Sale and Purchase Agreement. Accordingly, Mr, Beh Kim Ling and Mr. Beh Chern Wei have abstained from voting on the relevant board resolutions of the Company. Save as disclosed, none of the Directors has any material interest in the Sale and Purchase Agreement and is required to abstain from voting on the board resolutions approving the Sale and Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereunder.
IX. LISTING RULES IMPLICATIONS
Chapter 14 of the Listing Rules
As certain applicable percentage ratios in respect of the Acquisition exceed 100%, the Acquisition constitutes a very substantial acquisition for the Company under Chapter 14 of the Listing Rules and is subject to reporting, announcement and Shareholders’ approval requirements.
As the exercise of the Call Option is at the discretion of V.S. Holding, only premium will be taken into account for the purpose of classification of notifiable transaction on the grant of the Call Option. Given the Call Option was granted at nil consideration, the applicable percentage ratios calculated in accordance with Rule 14.75(1) of the Listing Rules are less than 5% and the grant of the Call Option does not constitute a notifiable transaction for the Company under Chapter 14 of the Listing Rules. The Company will comply with the relevant Listing Rules on the exercise of the Call Option as and when appropriate.
Chapter 14A of the Listing Rules
As at the Latest Practicable Date, B&E was wholly owned by Mr. Beh Kim Siea, brother of Mr. Beh Kim Ling, an executive Director and the chairman of the Board. Accordingly, B&E is an associate of Mr. Beh Kim Ling and is therefore a connected person of the Company under Chapter 14A of the Listing Rules. Thus, the Acquisition would constitute a connected transaction for the Company under Chapter 14A of the Listing Rules. As certain applicable percentage ratios in respect of the Acquisition exceed 25%, the Acquisition is subject to reporting, announcement and Independent Shareholders’ approval requirements.
- 18 -
LETTER FROM THE BOARD
X. INDEPENDENT BOARD COMMITTEE AND INDEPENDENT FINANCIAL ADVISER
The Independent Board Committee (comprising all independent non-executive Directors) has been established to advise the Independent Shareholders in connection with the transactions contemplated under the Sale and Purchase Agreement, including the issue of the Consideration Shares and the grant of the Call Option. A letter from the Independent Board Committee is set out on pages 21 to 22 of this circular.
Gram Capital has been appointed as the Independent Financial Adviser to advise the Independent Board Committee and the Independent Shareholders in connection with the transactions contemplated under the Sale and Purchase Agreement, including the issue of the Consideration Shares and the grant of the Call Option. A letter from Gram Capital is set out on pages 23 to 37 of this circular.
XI. EGM
In order to ascertain the right to attend and vote at the EGM, the register of members of the Company will be closed from Thursday, 13 June 2024 to Tuesday, 18 June 2024 (both days inclusive) during which period no transfer of Shares will be registered.
Shareholders are reminded that in order to be entitled to attend and vote at the EGM, all completed transfer documents accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) must be lodged with the Company’s branch share registrar in Hong Kong, namely Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited at Shops 1712-1716, 17th Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Wanchai, Hong Kong, for registration not later than 4:30 p.m. on Wednesday, 12 June 2024.
A notice convening the EGM to be held at V.S. Industry Berhad’s corporate office, No. 88, Jalan I- PARK SAC 5, Taman Perindustrian I-PARK SAC, 81400 Senai, Johor, Malaysia on Tuesday, 18 June 2024 at 11:00 a.m. is out on pages EGM-1 to EGM-3 of this circular. At the EGM, ordinary resolution will be proposed for the Independent Shareholders to consider and, if thought fit, to approve the Sale and Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereunder, including the issue of the Consideration Shares and the grant of the Call Option by way of poll.
Whether or not you intend to attend the EGM, you are requested to complete and return the accompanying form of proxy in accordance with the instructions printed thereon to the Company’s branch share registrar and transfer office in Hong Kong, Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited at 17M Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Wanchai, Hong Kong as soon as possible and in any event not less than 48 hours before the time of the EGM (no later than 11:00 a.m. on Sunday, 16 June 2024 (Hong Kong time)) or any adjournment thereof. Completion and return of the form of proxy will not preclude you from attending and voting in person at the EGM or any adjournment thereof (as the case may be) should you so wish and in such case, the form of proxy previously submitted shall be deemed to be revoked.
Where a “black” rainstorm warning is in forced or a tropical cyclone warning signal number 8 or above is hoisted or remains hoisted or “extreme conditions” caused by super typhoons is in forced at 8: 00 a.m. on the date of the EGM, the EGM will be postponed. The Company will publish an announcement on the website of the Company (www.vs-ig.com) and the Stock Exchange
- 19 -
LETTER FROM THE BOARD
(www.hkexnews.hk) to notify the Shareholders of the date, time and place of the rescheduled meeting. The EGM will be held as scheduled when an amber or red rainstorm warning signal is in force. Having considered their own situations, Shareholders should decide on their own whether they would attend the EGM under any bad weather condition and if they do so, they are advised to exercise care and caution.
Mr. Beh Kim Ling and his related parties (as disclosed under the paragraph headed “III.Effect on the shareholding structure of the Company” in this letter), holding approximately 59.32% of the total issued share capital of the Company in aggregate as at the Latest Practicable Date (i.e. 1,368,555,938 Shares in aggregate), will abstain from voting at the EGM in respect of the resolution approving the Sale and Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereunder, including the issue of the Consideration Shares and the grant of the Call Option.
XII. RECOMMENDATION
The Directors (including all the independent non-executive Directors whose views are set out in the letter from the Independent Board Committee) consider that although the transactions contemplated under the Sale and Purchase Agreement, including the grant of the Call Option, are not in the ordinary and usual course of business of the Group, the transactions are on normal commercial terms and are fair and reasonable, and are in the interests of the Group and the Shareholders as a whole.
Accordingly, the Directors (including all the independent non-executive Directors) recommend the Independent Shareholders to vote in favour of the ordinary resolution to be proposed at the EGM to approve the Sale and Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereunder, including the issue of the Consideration Shares and the grant of the Call Option.
XIII. FURTHER INFORMATION
Your attention is also drawn to (i) letter from the Independent Board Committee; (ii) letter from Gram Capital; and (iii) the additional information set out in the appendices to this circular.
As Completion is subject to the fulfillment and/or waiver (as the case may be) of the Conditions Precedent, the Acquisition may or may not proceed. Shareholders and potential investors should exercise caution when dealing in the Shares.
Yours faithfully, By order of the Board
V.S. International Group Limited Beh Kim Ling
Chairman
- 20 -
LETTER FROM THE INDEPENDENT BOARD COMMITTEE
The following is the text of a letter from the Independent Board Committee setting out its recommendation to the Independent Shareholders in connection with the transactions contemplated under the Sale and Purchase Agreement, including the issue of the Consideration Shares and the grant of the Call Option.
V.S. INTERNATIONAL GROUP LIMITED
(incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability)
(Stock code: 1002)
24 May 2024
To the Independent Shareholders
Dear Sirs or Madams,
VERY SUBSTANTIAL ACQUISITION AND CONNECTED TRANSACTION IN RELATION TO THE ACQUISITION OF THE TARGET COMPANY INVOLVING THE ISSUE OF CONSIDERATION SHARES UNDER SPECIFIC MANDATE
We refer to the circular dated 24 May 2024 (the “ Circular ”) to the Shareholders of which this letter forms part. Unless otherwise specified, terms defined in the Circular shall have the same meanings in this letter.
We have been appointed to form the Independent Board Committee to advise the Independent Shareholders in connection with the transactions contemplated under the Sale and Purchase Agreement, including the issue of the Consideration Shares and the grant of the Call Option, details of which are set out in the “Letter from the Board” contained in the Circular. Gram Capital has been appointed to advise the Independent Shareholders and us in this regard.
Details of the advice and the principal factors and reasons that Gram Capital has taken into consideration in giving such advice are set out in the “Letter from Gram Capital” in the Circular. Your attention is also drawn to the “Letter from the Board” in the Circular and the additional information set out in the appendices thereto.
Having taken into account the (i) terms of the Sale and Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereunder, including the issue of the Consideration Shares and the grant of the Call Option; and (ii) the factors referred to in the “Letter from Gram Capital” in the Circular, we are of the opinion that despite the entering into of the Sale and Purchase Agreement was not in the ordinary and usual course of business of the Company, the terms of the Sale and Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereunder are (i) fair and reasonable so far as the Shareholders (including the Independent Shareholders) are concerned; (ii) on normal commercial terms; and (iii) in the interests of the Group and the Shareholders as a
- 21 -
LETTER FROM THE INDEPENDENT BOARD COMMITTEE
whole. Accordingly, we recommend the Independent Shareholders to vote in favour of the ordinary resolution to be proposed at the EGM to approve the Sale and Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereunder, including the issue of the Consideration Shares and the grant of the Call Option.
Yours faithfully, For and on behalf of
The Independent Board Committee
Mr. Tang Sim Cheow
Independent non-executive Director
Ms. Fu Xiao Nan Independent non-executive Director
Mr. Wan Mohd Fadzmi
Independent non-executive Director
- 22 -
LETTER FROM GRAM CAPITAL
Set out below is the text of a letter received from Gram Capital, the Independent Financial Adviser to the Independent Board Committee and the Independent Shareholders in respect of the Acquisition for the purpose of inclusion in this circular.
==> picture [161 x 37] intentionally omitted <==
Room 1209, 12/F. Nan Fung Tower 88 Connaught Road Central/ 173 Des Voeux Road Central Hong Kong
24 May 2024
- To: The Independent Board Committee and the Independent Shareholders of V.S. International Group Limited
Dear Sir/Madam,
VERY SUBSTANTIAL ACQUISITION AND CONNECTED TRANSACTION IN RELATION TO THE ACQUISITION OF THE TARGET COMPANY INVOLVING THE ISSUE OF CONSIDERATION SHARES UNDER SPECIFIC MANDATE
INTRODUCTION
We refer to our appointment as the Independent Financial Adviser to advise the Independent Board Committee and the Independent Shareholders in respect of the Acquisition, details of which are set out in the letter from the Board (the “ Board Letter ”) contained in the circular dated 24 May 2024 issued by the Company to the Shareholders (the “ Circular ”), of which this letter forms part. Terms used in this letter shall have the same meanings as defined in the Circular unless the context requires otherwise.
With reference to the Board Letter, on 21 February 2024 (the “ Agreement Date ”), V.S. Holding (as purchaser) and B&E (as vendor) entered into the Sale and Purchase Agreement pursuant to which V.S. Holding conditionally agreed to acquire and B&E conditionally agreed to sell the Sale Shares, being approximately 43.29% of the issued share capital of the Target Company, at the Consideration of HK$69 million. The Consideration shall be satisfied by (i) payment in cash of HK$12 million; and (ii) the allotment and issue of Consideration Shares at the issue price of HK$0.28 per Consideration Share (the “ Issue Price ”) on the Completion Date.
With reference to the Board Letter, the Acquisition constitutes a very substantial acquisition and connected transaction for the Company under Chapter 14 and Chapter 14A of the Listing Rules and is subject to the reporting, announcement and Independent Shareholders’ approval requirements under the Listing Rules.
The Independent Board Committee comprising Mr. Tang Sim Cheow, Ms. Fu Xiao Nan and Mr. Wan Mohd Fadzmi, being all of the independent non-executive Directors, has been formed to advise the Independent Shareholders on (i) whether the terms of the Acquisition are on normal commercial terms and are fair and
- 23 -
LETTER FROM GRAM CAPITAL
reasonable; (ii) whether the Acquisition is in the interests of the Company and the Shareholders as a whole and are conducted in the ordinary and usual course of the business of the Group; and (iii) how the Independent Shareholders should vote in respect of the resolution to approve the Acquisition at the EGM. We, Gram Capital Limited, have been appointed as the Independent Financial Adviser to advise the Independent Board Committee and the Independent Shareholders in this respect.
INDEPENDENCE
We were not aware of any relationships or interests between Gram Capital and the Company (and we did not provide any service to the Company) during the past two years immediately preceding the Latest Practicable Date, or any other parties that could be reasonably regarded as hindrance to Gram Capital’s independence to act as the Independent Financial Adviser.
BASIS OF OUR OPINION
In formulating our opinion to the Independent Board Committee and the Independent Shareholders, we have relied on the statements, information, opinions and representations contained or referred to in the Circular and the information and representations as provided to us by the Directors. We have assumed that all information and representations that have been provided by the Directors, for which they are solely and wholly responsible, are true and accurate at the time when they were made and continue to be so as at the Latest Practicable Date. We have also assumed that all statements of belief, opinion, expectation and intention made by the Directors in the Circular were reasonably made after due enquiry and careful consideration. We have no reason to suspect that any material facts or information have been withheld or to doubt the truth, accuracy and completeness of the information and facts contained in the Circular, or the reasonableness of the opinions expressed by the Company, its advisers and/or the Directors, which have been provided to us. Our opinion is based on the Directors’ representation and confirmation that there is no undisclosed private agreement/arrangement or implied understanding with anyone concerning the Acquisition. We consider that we have taken sufficient and necessary steps to form a reasonable basis and an informed view for our opinion in compliance with Rule 13.80 of the Listing Rules.
We have not made any independent evaluation or appraisal of the assets and liabilities of the Target Company or its subsidiary, and we have not been furnished with any such evaluation or appraisal, save as and except for the valuation report on the Target Group (the “ Valuation Report ”) as contained in Appendix VI to the Circular. The Valuation Report was prepared by Roma Appraisals Limited (the “ Valuer ”), an independent valuer. Since we are not experts in the valuation of assets or business, we have relied solely upon the Valuation Report for the market value of 43.29% equity interest of the Target Company as at 30 November 2023 (the “ Valuation Date ”).
Your attention is drawn to the responsibility statements as set out in the section headed “1. RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT” of Appendix VII to the Circular. We, as the Independent Financial Adviser, take no responsibility for the contents of any part of the Circular, save and except for this letter of advice.
We consider that we have been provided with sufficient information to reach an informed view and to provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. We have not, however, conducted any independent in-depth investigation into the business and affairs of the Company, B&E, the Target Company, or their respective
- 24 -
LETTER FROM GRAM CAPITAL
subsidiaries or associates (if applicable), nor have we considered the taxation implication on the Group or the Shareholders as a result of the Acquisition. Our opinion is necessarily based on the financial, economic, market and other conditions in effect and the information made available to us as at the Latest Practicable Date. Shareholders should note that subsequent developments (including any material change in market and economic conditions) may affect and/or change our opinion and we have no obligation to update this opinion to take into account events occurring after the Latest Practicable Date or to update, revise or reaffirm our opinion. In addition, nothing contained in this letter should be construed as a recommendation to hold, sell or buy any Shares or any other securities of the Company.
Lastly, where information in this letter has been extracted from published or otherwise publicly available sources, it is the responsibility of Gram Capital to ensure that such information has been correctly extracted from the relevant sources while we are not obligated to conduct any independent in-depth investigation into the accuracy and completeness of those information.
PRINCIPAL FACTORS AND REASONS CONSIDERED
In arriving at our opinion in respect of the Acquisition, we have taken into consideration the following principal factors and reasons:
Information on the Group
With reference to the Board Letter, the Group is principally engaged in (i) the manufacturing and sale of plastic moulded products and parts (i.e. Plastic Injection and Moulding); (ii) assembling of electronic products (i.e. Assembling of Electronic Products); and (iii) moulds design and fabrication (i.e. Mould Design and Fabrication). The major customers of the Group are located in the PRC. The Group’s main production facility is located at Zhuhai, the PRC.
Set out below are the consolidated financial information of the Group for the two years ended 31 July 2023 as extracted from the Company’s annual report for the year ended 31 July 2023 (the “ 2022/23 Annual Report ”) and the six months ended 31 January 2024 as extracted from the Company’s interim report for the six months ended 31 January 2024 (the “ 2024 Interim Report ”):
- 25 -
LETTER FROM GRAM CAPITAL
| For the | For the | For the six | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| year ended | year ended | months ended | Changes from | |
| 31 July 2022 | 31 July 2023 | 31 January | FY2021/22 to | |
| (“FY2021/22”) | (“FY2022/23”) | 2024 | FY2022/23 | |
| (audited) | (audited) | (unaudited) | ||
| RMB’000 | RMB’000 | RMB’000 | % | |
| Revenue | 121,401 | 76,443 | 36,684 | (37.03) |
| – Plastic Injection and Moulding | 88,911 | 52,247 | 35,655 | (41.24) |
| – Assembling of Electronic Products | 29,430 | 20,026 | 895 | (31.95) |
| – Mould Design and Fabrication | 3,060 | 4,170 | 134 | 36.27 |
| Gross Profit | 10,174 | 11,511 | 3,461 | 13.14 |
| Loss attributable to owners | ||||
| of the Company | (48,247) | (22,320) | (6,179) | (53.74) |
As illustrated in the above table, the Group’s revenue for FY2022/23 decreased by approximately 37.03% as compared to that for FY2021/22. With reference to the 2022/23 Annual Report, such decrease was mainly due to (i) decrease in revenue from Plastic Injection and Moulding segment due to the decrease in sales orders in the PRC; and (ii) decrease in the revenue from Assembling of Electronic Products due to drop in amount of orders in Europe and USA placed by a customer that diversified its supply chain and reduce its supply from the PRC.
Despite the aforesaid decrease in the Group’s revenue, the Group’s gross profit for FY2022/23 increased by approximately 13.14% as compared to that for FY2021/22. With reference to the 2022/23 Annual Report, increase in the Group’s gross profit, together with significant decrease in net other losses, distribution costs, general and administrative expenses, led to substantial decrease in loss attributable to owners of the Company for FY2022/23 as compared to that for FY2021/22.
With reference to the 2024 Interim Report, the Group will continue to streamline its operation and formulate a stronger financial position with a light asset operation and lower geared structure and higher liquidity. By way of adopting a light assets and cost model, the Group should be able to improve its operational flexibility, reduce its debts and minimise the adverse impact on the business operation.
Information on B&E
With reference to the Board Letter, B&E is an investment holding company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, the entire issued share capital of which is owned by Mr. Beh Kim Siea, (i) a brother of Mr. Beh Kim Ling who is the chairman of the Board and an executive Director; (ii) an uncle of Mr. Beh Chern Wei, an executive Director; and (iii) an uncle of Ms. Beh Hwee Sze, the alternate Director to Mr. Zhang Pei Yu, an executive Director.
- 26 -
LETTER FROM GRAM CAPITAL
Information of the Target Group
With reference to the Board Letter:
-
(a) As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Company indirectly owned approximately 18.74% of the issued share capital of the Target Company through V.S. Holding, while B&E, Mr. Beh Kim Siea and employees of the Target Company owned approximately 70.90%, 0.35% and 1.68% of the issued share capital of the Target Company respectively. The remaining issued share capital of the Target Company was owned by (i) Toyota Tsusho (H.K.) Corporation Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong with limited liability and an independent third party of the Company; (ii) VNT Co., Ltd., a company incorporated in Vietnam with limited liability and an independent third party of the Company; and (iii) the Target Company itself.
-
(b) The Target Company has the same principal business as the Group (i.e. Plastic Injection and Moulding, Assembling of Electronic Products and Mould Design and Fabrication). It holds the title of a piece of land in Vietnam with a site area of over 26,000 square metres with an industrial development, which is used as its current operating production facility (i.e. the Production Facility).
-
(c) The Target Company has one wholly-owned subsidiary, namely VS Technology Company Limited, which is a limited company incorporated in Vietnam and is principally engaged in designing, manufacturing and trading plastic moulds, and providing mould maintenance and repair services.
-
(d) The Target Group’s major customers include international brands located in Europe and the USA.
Further details of the Target Group are set out in the section headed “VII. INFORMATION ON THE TARGET GROUP” of the Board Letter.
Set out below is the consolidated financial information of the Target Group for the three years ended 31 July 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2023 (with comparative figures for the corresponding period of prior year), as extracted from the accountants’ report on the Target Group as set out in Appendix II to the Circular:
| For the | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| year ended | For the | For the | |||
| 31 July 2021 | year ended | Year-on-year | year ended | Year-on-year | |
| (“FY2020/21”) | 31 July 2022 | changes | 31 July 2023 | changes | |
| (audited) | (audited) | (audited) | |||
| US$ | US$ | % | US$ | % | |
| Revenue | 61,238,706 | 80,169,534 | 30.91 | 59,264,810 | (26.08) |
| – Plastic Injection and Moulding | 35,875,377 | 36,617,461 | 2.07 | 25,401,354 | (30.63) |
| – Assembling of Electronic Products | 23,386,020 | 40,103,166 | 71.48 | 31,416,691 | (21.66) |
| – Mould Design and Fabrication | 1,977,309 | 3,448,907 | 74.42 | 2,446,765 | (29.06) |
| Gross profit | 3,843,753 | 6,990,774 | 81.87 | 7,233,365 | 3.47 |
| Profit for the year | 2,644 | 2,567,404 | 97,003.03 | 3,052,630 | 18.90 |
- 27 -
LETTER FROM GRAM CAPITAL
| For the four | For the four | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| months ended | months ended | ||
| 30 November 2022 | 30 November 2023 | ||
| (“4M Period | (“4M Period | Year-on-year | |
| 2022”) | 2023”) | changes | |
| (unaudited) | (audited) | ||
| US$ | US$ | % | |
| Revenue | 23,116,619 | 16,001,536 | (30.78) |
| – Plastic Injection and Moulding | 9,884,902 | 6,230,111 | (36.97) |
| – Assembling of Electronic Products | 12,084,622 | 9,279,968 | (23.21) |
| – Mould Design and Fabrication | 1,147,095 | 491,457 | (57.16) |
| Gross profit | 2,523,758 | 2,827,868 | 12.05 |
| Profit for the period | 1,187,430 | 1,539,714 | 29.67 |
As illustrated above, the Target Group’s revenue, gross profit and profit for FY2021/22 increased by approximately 30.91%, approximately 81.87% and over 970 times respectively as compared to those for FY2020/21. As advised by the Directors, the aforesaid increases were mainly due to overall business growth of the Target Group.
As illustrated above, the Target Group’s revenue for FY2022/23 decreased by approximately 26.08% as compared to that for FY2021/22. With reference to the section headed “Management discussion and analysis of the Target Group” as contained in Appendix III to the Circular and as advised by the Directors, such decrease was mainly caused by (i) decrease in revenue derived from Plastic Injection and Moulding which was mainly due to the Target Group’s business strategy to improve product mix by gradually phasing out products with low profit margin and decrease in sales orders placed by a customer which stocked up inventories in 2022 as a precautionary measure to avoid disruption caused by COVID-19 pandemic; and (ii) decrease in revenue derived from Assembling of Electronic Products which was mainly due to reduction in additional transportation fee charged to a customer due to ease of COVID-19 pandemic. Despite the decrease in revenue, the Target Group’s (i) gross profit for FY2022/23 increased by approximately 3.47% as compared to that for FY2021/22 mainly due to the aforesaid business strategy to improve product mix by gradually phasing out products with low profit margin and enhanced production efficiency; and (ii) profit for FY2022/23 increased by approximately 18.90% as compared to that for FY2021/22 mainly due to increase in gross profit and substantial reduction in selling expenses.
As illustrated above, the Target Group’s revenue for 4M Period 2023 decreased by approximately 30.78% as compared to that for 4M Period 2022. With reference to the section headed “Management discussion and analysis of the Target Group” as contained in Appendix III to the Circular and as advised by the Directors, such decrease was caused by (i) decrease in revenue derived from Plastic Injection and Moulding which was mainly due to the Target Group’s business strategy to improve product mix by phasing out products with low profit margin; and (ii) decrease in revenue derived from Assembling of Electronic Products which was mainly due to nil additional transportation fee charged to a customer in FY2022/23 due to ease of COVID19 pandemic and change of delivery terms from “delivery at place” to “free on board” with such customer during 4M Period 2023. Despite the decrease in revenue, the Target Group’s (i) gross profit for 4M Period 2023 increased by approximately 12.05% as compared to that for 4M Period 2022 mainly due to the aforesaid business strategy to improve product mix by phasing out products with low profit margin, and enhanced production efficiency; and (ii) profit for 4M Period 2023 increased by approximately 29.67% as compared to that for 4M Period 2022 mainly due to increase in gross profit.
- 28 -
LETTER FROM GRAM CAPITAL
Reasons for and benefits of the Acquisition
Detailed reasons for and benefits of the Acquisition were set out under the section headed “VIII. REASONS FOR AND BENEFITS OF THE ACQUISITION” of the Board Letter. With reference to the Board Letter:
-
(i) The Group and the Target Group have the same business model and business segments (i.e. Plastic Injection and Moulding, Assembling of Electronic Products and Mould Design and Fabrication) and they possess the same production technology and technical know-how.
-
(ii) It is expected that the Acquisition could expand the Group’s customer base and product offering as an enlarged group, i.e. with the existing Group and the Target Group after the Acquisition. It could also expand the business reach of the Group to tap into the Vietnam manufacturing market to enjoy the lower labour costs and the favourable development opportunities available to the Target Group and other manufacturers operating in Vietnam, and to diversify the Group’s business market.
-
(iii) The Group’s major customers are based in the PRC with their targeted market focusing in the PRC. On the other hand, the major customers of the Target Group are more international with more global targeted markets including Asia, Europe and USA.
-
(iv) After the Acquisition, it is expected that the Enlarged Group will have a broader customer base, with both PRC domestic as well as international customers. On the other hand, the Enlarged Group would also have a broader product offering, and the Enlarged Group could utilise its broadened product offering to serve more customers or potential customers with different product requirements.
-
(v) It is expected that the Acquisition would expand the Group’s business and enrich the Group’s income stream, which will be beneficial to the Group and the Shareholders.
Industry overview
We noted from the website of General Department of Customs of Vietnam the export value of plastic products of Vietnam from 2019 to 2023 as set out below:
| 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Export value of plastic | |||||
| products (US$) | 3,436,062,320 | 3,654,093,523 | 4,930,159,729 | 5,493,277,235 | 5,181,879,174 |
| Changes (%) | 6.35 | 34.92 | 11.42 | (5.67) |
As shown in the above table, the export value of plastic products of Vietnam continuously increased from 2019 to 2022 and decreased in 2023. The export value of plastic products of Vietnam of approximately US$5.2 billion for 2023 represented a compound annual growth rate of approximately 10.82% as compared to that of approximately US$3.4 billion for 2019.
- 29 -
LETTER FROM GRAM CAPITAL
Financial performance of the Group and the Target Group
As illustrated under the section headed “Information on the Group” above, the Group made loss for FY2021/ 22, FY2022/23 and the six months ended 31 January 2024. As illustrated under the section headed “Information on the Target Group” above, the Target Group’s gross profit and profit increased from FY2020/21 to FY2022/23 and from 4M Period 2022 to 4M Period 2023. With reference to the “Management discussion and analysis of the Target Group” as contained in Appendix III to the Circular, it is expected that there will be more favourable government policies to promote the economic growth in Vietnam in the future to achieve the government’s goal of becoming a high-income economy. Moreover, with Vietnam becoming a major beneficiary of manufacturers’ efforts to “de-risk” their exposure as to geopolitical tensions and enjoying foreign trade opportunities and lower labour costs, it is expected that the business and financial performance of the Target Group will further improve.
The positive development and improved financial performance of the Target Group is expected to enhance the financial performance of the Enlarged Group upon Completion.
Having considered:
-
(i) that the Enlarged Group is expected to have a broader customer base, with both PRC domestic as well as international customers. On the other hand, the Enlarged Group would also have a broader product offering, and the Enlarged Group could utilise its broadened product offering to serve more customers or potential customers with different product requirements;
-
(ii) the export value of plastic products of Vietnam of approximately US$5.2 billion for 2023 represented a compound annual growth rate of approximately 10.82% as compared to that of approximately US$3.4 billion for 2019; and
-
(iii) the positive development and improved financial performance of the Target Group is expected to enhance the financial performance of the Enlarged Group upon Completion,
we are of the view that although the Acquisition is not conducted in the ordinary and usual course of business of the Company, it is in the interests of the Company and its Shareholders as a whole.
Principal terms of the Acquisition
Summarised below are the principal terms of the Acquisition under the Sale and Purchase Agreement, details of which are set out in the Board Letter.
Date
21 February 2024
Parties
-
(i) V.S. Holding, as the purchaser; and
-
30 -
LETTER FROM GRAM CAPITAL
- (ii) B&E, as the vendor.
Assets to be acquired
V.S. Holding conditionally agreed to acquire and B&E conditionally agreed to sell the Sale Shares, being approximately 43.29% of the issued share capital of the Target Company.
Consideration
The Consideration payable by V.S. Holding for the Sale Shares is HK$69 million. The Consideration shall be satisfied by (i) payment in cash of HK$12 million; and (ii) the allotment and issue of Consideration Shares at the Issue Price of HK$0.28 per Consideration Share on the Completion Date.
The allotment and issue of Consideration Shares to satisfy part of the Consideration could avoid certain amount of the Group’s cash outflow.
Basis of the Consideration
The Consideration was arrived at based on normal commercial terms after arm’s length negotiation among the parties to the Sale and Purchase Agreement, after taking into account, among others, the preliminary valuation of 43.29% equity value of the Target Group of HK$69.00 million based on market-based approach as at 30 November 2023 prepared by the Valuer, together with, (i) the well-established business, solid customer base and production capabilities of the Target Group; (ii) the financial performance and prospects of the businesses operated by the Target Group; and (iii) the reasons and benefits of the Acquisition as stated under the section headed “VIII. REASONS FOR AND BENEFITS OF THE ACQUISITION” of the Board Letter.
The Valuation Report
According to the Valuation Report, the appraised value of 43.29% equity interest of the Target Company as of 30 November 2023 (i.e. the Valuation Date) was HK$77 million (the “ Valuation ”). The Consideration represents a discount of approximately 10.39% to the Valuation. The Valuation Report prepared by the Valuer is set out in Appendix VI to the Circular.
For our due diligence purpose, we reviewed and enquired into (i) the terms of engagement of the Valuer with the Company; (ii) the Valuer’s qualification in relation to the preparation of the Valuation Report; and (iii) the steps and due diligence measures taken by the Valuer for conducting the Valuation. From the mandate letter and other relevant information provided by the Valuer and based on our interview with them, we were satisfied with the terms of engagement of the Valuer as well as their qualification for preparation of the Valuation Report. The Valuer also confirmed that they are independent to the Group, the parties to the Acquisition and the Target Group.
With reference to the Valuation Report:
-
(i) There are generally three accepted approaches to obtain the market value of the Target Group, namely the market-based approach, income-based approach and asset-based approach.
-
31 -
LETTER FROM GRAM CAPITAL
-
(ii) The income-based approach was not adopted because there is no financial forecast for more than one year with concrete business plan could be obtained from the Target Group’s management for valuation purpose. The asset-based approach was also not adopted as it could not capture future earning potential of the Target Group’s major operating business and therefore it could not reflect the market value of the Target Group’s major operating business. The Valuer therefore considered the adoption of the market-based approach in arriving at the market value of the Target Group.
-
(iii) By adopting the market-based approach, the Valuer had to determine the appropriate valuation multiples of comparable companies, in which the Valuer had considered price-to-sales, price-to earnings (“ P/E ”) and price-to-book multiples. The price-to-book multiples cannot reflect the future earnings and growth potentials of the Target Group and hence they were not adopted. The price-tosales multiples were not adopted because they could not fully capture the cost structure of the Target Group. Therefore, the Valuer adopted the P/E multiple as the Valuer considered it as the most appropriate multiple in calculating the market value of the Target Group.
We further reviewed and enquired into the Valuer on the methodologies adopted and the basis and assumptions adopted in the Valuation Report in order for us to understand the Valuation Report.
Under the Valuation Report, the Valuer adopted several listed companies with similar business nature and operations similar to those of the Target Group as comparable companies. The comparable companies were selected mainly with reference to the following selection criteria: (i) the companies have more than 50% revenues attributable to the manufacturing of the plastic moulded products; (ii) the companies have positive profit margin ratios from the latest financial year ended nearest or as at the Valuation Date; (iii) the companies with P/E ratios fall outside one standard deviation of the mean would be considered as the outliers and excluded; (iv) the companies have sufficient listing and operating histories more than 3 years; and (v) the financial information of the companies is available to the public.
With reference to the Valuation Report, the Valuer obtained the estimated market value of the Target Group as at 30 November 2023 by applying the P/E multiple adopted to the net profit of the Target Group for the trailing 12-month period ended 30 November 2023. The market value of the Target Group in minority basis was then arrived by adjusting with the non-operating assets, the non-operating liabilities and the marketability discount.
With reference to the Valuation Report and as advised by the Valuer, a marketability discount of 15.70% was adopted in arriving at the market value of the Target Group as at the Valuation Date based on the 2023 edition of the Stout Restricted Stock Study Companion Guide published by Stout Risius Ross, LLC, a global investment bank and advisory firm specializing in corporate finance, transaction advisory, valuation, financial disputes, claims, and investigations, which serves a range of clients, from public corporations to privately held companies in numerous industries, according to its website (www.stout.com).
During our discussion with the Valuer, we did not identify any major factor which caused us to doubt the fairness and reasonableness of the methodology, principal bases, assumptions and parameters adopted for the Valuation Report. Given (i) the limitations of income-based approach and asset-based approach, being two other commonly adopted valuation approaches; and (ii) that the P/E multiple (under the market-based approach) is an appropriate multiple for the Valuation, as mentioned above, we did not adopt other valuation approaches to assess the Valuation.
- 32 -
LETTER FROM GRAM CAPITAL
Having considered our independent work performed on the Valuation Report and that the Consideration represents a discount of approximately 10.39% to the Valuation, we are of the view that the Consideration is fair and reasonable.
The Consideration Shares and Issue Price
The Consideration Shares represent (i) approximately 8.82% of the issued share capital of the Company as at the Latest Practicable Date; and (ii) approximately 8.11% of the issued share capital of the Company as enlarged by the allotment and issue of the Consideration Shares (assuming that there will be no change in the issued share capital of the Company other than the allotment and issue of Consideration Shares).
The Issue Price of HK$0.28 per Consideration Share represents:
-
(i) a premium of approximately 191.67% over the closing price of HK$0.096 per Share as quoted on the Stock Exchange on 21 February 2024, being the Agreement Date (the “ LTD Premium ”);
-
(ii) a premium of approximately 196.61% over the average of the closing price of HK$0.0944 per Share as quoted on the Stock Exchange for the last five consecutive trading days immediately prior to 21 February 2024, being the Agreement Date (the “ 5-days Premium ”);
-
(iii) a premium of approximately 211.11% over the closing price of HK$0.090 per Share as quoted on the Stock Exchange on 21 May 2024, being the Latest Practicable Date; and
-
(iv) a premium of approximately 115.38% over the unaudited total equity attributable to owners of the Company of approximately RMB0.12 per Share (equivalent to approximately HK$0.13 per Share) as at 31 January 2024, based on 2,307,513,363 Shares in issue as at the Latest Practicable Date and unaudited total equity attributable to owners of the Company of approximately RMB273.12 million as at 31 January 2024.
In order to assess the fairness and reasonableness of the Issue Price, we performed the following assessments.
Share price performance
In order to assess the fairness and reasonableness of the Issue Price, we reviewed the daily closing prices of the Shares as quoted on the Stock Exchange from 1 February 2023 up to and including the Agreement Date (the “ Review Period ”), being a period of approximately one year up to and including the Agreement Date (we considered that the review period of approximately one year is a commonly adopted period for share price review and sufficient for our analysis). The daily closing prices of the Shares during the Review Period are illustrated as follows:
- 33 -
LETTER FROM GRAM CAPITAL
==> picture [399 x 247] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
HK$ Historical daily closing price per Share
0.300
0.250
0.200
0.150
0.100
0.050
0.000
Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb
2023 2023 2023 2023 2023 2023 2023 2023 2023 2023 2023 2024 2024
Closing price per Share Issue Price
----- End of picture text -----
Source: The Stock Exchange’s website
During the Review Period, the lowest and highest closing prices of the Shares as quoted on the Stock Exchange were HK$0.060 recorded on 12 September 2023 and 20 September 2023 and HK$0.111 recorded on 6 February 2023. As illustrated in the above diagram, the closing prices did not form a particular trend and fluctuated between HK$0.060 and HK$0.111 during the Review Period. The Issue Price of HK$0.28 is well above the range of the lowest and highest closing prices of Shares during the Review Period.
Comparable transactions
As part of our analysis, we further identified acquisition transactions with the following selection criteria: (i) involving issue of new shares for settlement of acquisition consideration (consideration issue); (ii) regardless of whether the counterparty was connected person or independent third party; (iii) regardless of whether the new shares were allotted and issued under general mandate or specific mandate; and (iv) such transactions were entered into, and announced by companies listed on the Stock Exchange during the period from 1 December 2023 up to the Agreement Date (being an approximate three-month period up to and including the Agreement Date) (the “ Selection Period ”) (the “ Comparables ”). The above selection criteria were set based on the nature of the Acquisition (i.e. acquire equity interest in a target company and involve issuance of new shares for settlement of acquisition consideration). We considered the above selection criteria to be fair and reasonableness. To the best of our knowledge and as far as we are aware of, we found 9 transactions which met the said criteria and they are exhaustive as far as we are aware of. We considered that the Selection Period allows us to identify sufficient Comparables during a recent period prior to and including the Agreement Date.
Shareholder should note that the businesses, operations and prospects of the Company are not the same as the subject companies of the Comparables and we have not conducted any independent verification with regard to the businesses and operations of such companies.
- 34 -
LETTER FROM GRAM CAPITAL
| Premium/(discount) | Premium/(discount) | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| of the issue price | of the issue price | ||||
| over/to the closing | over/to the closing | ||||
| price per share on | price per share for | ||||
| the last trading | the five trading | ||||
| Date of | day prior to/on the | days prior to date | |||
| Company name (stock code) | announcement | date of agreement | of agreement | Acquisition type | Issue price |
| China HK Power Smart Energy | 21 December | (1.15) | (1.15) | Acquire equity interest | HK$0.43 |
| Group Limited (931) | 2023 | of target company | |||
| Zhongshi Minan Holdings | 27 December | (18.57) | (16.42) | Acquire equity interest | HK$0.057 |
| Limited (8283) | 2023 | of target company | |||
| C-Link Squared Limited (1463) | 28 December | Nil | Nil | Acquire equity interest | HK$1.00 |
| 2023 | of target company | ||||
| Huili Resources (Group) | 29 December | 37.93 | 31.15 | Acquire equity interest | HK$0.40 |
| Limited (1303) | 2023 | of target company | |||
| China Oral Industry Group | 4 January 2024 | 9.09 | 11.52 | Acquire equity interest | HK$0.12 |
| Holdings Limited (8406) | of target company | ||||
| International Genius Company | 23 January 2024 | 5.32 | (2.90) | Acquire equity interest | HK$5.624 |
| (33) | of target company | ||||
| Hao Bai International (Cayman) | 26 January 2024 | (18.20) | (18.28) | Acquire equity interest | HK$0.1636 |
| Limited (8431) | of target company | ||||
| Meitu, Inc. (1357) | 2 February 2024 | 14.57 | 6.31 | Acquire equity interest | US$0.3356 |
| of target company | |||||
| China Youran Dairy Group | 19 February | 32.23 | 33.11 | Acquire equity interest | RMB1.45 |
| Limited (9858) | 2024 | of target company | |||
| Maximum | 37.93 | 33.11 | |||
| Minimum | (18.57) | (18.28) | |||
| Average | 6.80 | 4.82 | |||
| The Acquisition | 191.67 | 196.61 |
Source: The Stock Exchange’s website
We noted from the above table that (i) the issue prices of the Comparables ranged from a discount of approximately 18.57% to a premium of approximately 37.93% with average premium of approximately 6.80% over the respective closing prices of the shares on the last trading day prior to/on the date of agreement (the “ LTD Discount/Premium Market Range ”); and (ii) the issue prices of the Comparables ranged from a discount of approximately 18.28% to a premium of approximately 33.11% with average premium of approximately 4.82% over the respective closing prices of the shares for the five trading days prior to date of agreement (the “ 5-Days Discount/Premium Market Range ”). The LTD Premium of approximately 191.67% is well above the LTD Discount/Premium Market Range and the 5-days Premium of approximately 196.61% is well above the 5-Days Discount/Premium Market Range, which indicate a more favourable Issue Price of the Consideration Shares as higher issue price leads to less new shares to be issued (and less dilution effect on shareholding interest of existing public shareholders).
- 35 -
LETTER FROM GRAM CAPITAL
Having also considered that the Issue Price of HK$0.28 is well above the range of the lowest and highest closing prices of Shares during the Review Period, we consider the Issue Price of HK$0.28 to be fair and reasonable.
The Call Option
Pursuant to the Sale and Purchase Agreement, subject to Completion, V.S. Holding has full discretion to purchase all of the then remaining issued shares of the Target Company beneficially and wholly owned by B&E (i.e. 11,710,031 shares, representing approximately 27.61% of the issued share capital of the Target Company as at the Latest Practicable Date) (i.e. the Call Option). The parties shall enter into the Call Option Agreement which sets out, among others, the terms and conditions of the Call Option, at Completion. No premium is required for the grant of the Call Option.
Exercise period
The Call Option may be exercised by V.S. Holding within the following option periods:
-
(i) if the Target Group achieves the PAT Target during any financial year on or before 31 July 2026, the Call Option is exercisable by V.S. Holding at any time within 12 months from the Target Group achieving the PAT Target (i.e. the Option Period A); or
-
(ii) if the Target Group fails to achieve the PAT Target during any financial year on or before 31 July 2026, the Call Option is exercisable by V.S. Holding at any time from 1 August 2027 until 31 July 2028 (i.e. Option Period B).
If the Call Option is not exercised within the above option periods, the Call Option shall lapse on the expiry of the Option Period A or the Option Period B (as the case may be) and all rights and obligations of the parties under the Call Option Agreement (other than confidentiality obligations which shall remain in full force and effect) shall cease and terminate, and no party to the Call Option Agreement shall have any claim against or liability to the other party with respect to any matter referred to the Call Option Agreement save for any antecedent breaches of the Call Option Agreement.
Exercise price
The exercise price of the Call Option will be based on the market value of the Target Group to be determined by an independent valuer agreeable to both parties. V.S. Holding shall serve an exercise notice to B&E exercising the Call Option within the Option Period A or the Option Period B (as the case may be). The exercise price of the Call Option shall be fixed at least 10 Business Days before the service of the exercise notice by V.S. Holding.
As V.S. Holding has full discretion to exercise the Call Option, we consider that the Call Option provides flexibility for the Group to further acquire equity interest of the Target Company when the Company considers appropriate.
Taking into account the principal terms of the Acquisition as set out above, we consider that the terms of the Acquisition are fair and reasonable.
- 36 -
LETTER FROM GRAM CAPITAL
Financial effects in relation to the Acquisition
With reference to the Board Letter, upon Completion, the Company will indirectly own approximately 62.03% of the issued share capital of the Target Company through V.S. Holding. The Target Company will become a non-wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and the financial results of which will be consolidated into the financial statements of the Company.
With reference to the 2024 Interim Report, the Group’s total assets was approximately RMB310.49 million and total liabilities was approximately RMB37.36 million as at 31 January 2024. With reference to the 2022/ 23 Annual Report, the Group’s loss for the year attributable to owners of the Company for FY2022/23 was approximately RMB22.32 million.
With reference to the unaudited pro forma financial information of the Enlarged Group as set out in Appendix IV to the Circular:
-
(i) The unaudited consolidated total assets and total liabilities of the Enlarged Group would be approximately RMB669.41 million and RMB267.04 million respectively as if the Acquisition had taken place on 31 January 2024.
-
(ii) The unaudited profit attributable to owners of the Company would be approximately RMB35.33 million as if the Acquisition had taken place on 1 August 2022.
It should be noted that the aforementioned analysis is for illustrative purposes only and do not purport to represent how the financial position of the Group will be upon Completion.
RECOMMENDATION
Having taken into consideration the factors and reasons as stated above, we are of the opinion that (i) the terms of the Acquisition are on normal commercial terms and are fair and reasonable; and (ii) although the Acquisition is not conducted in the ordinary and usual course of the business of the Company, it is in the interests of the Company and the Shareholders as a whole. Accordingly, we recommend the Independent Board Committee to advise the Independent Shareholders to vote in favour of the resolution to be proposed at the EGM to approve the Acquisition and we recommend the Independent Shareholders to vote in favour of the resolution in this regard.
Yours faithfully, For and on behalf of Gram Capital Limited Graham Lam Managing Director
Note: Mr. Graham Lam is a licensed person registered with the Securities and Futures Commission and a responsible officer of Gram Capital Limited to carry out Type 6 (advising on corporate finance) regulated activity under the SFO. He has over 25 years of experience in investment banking industry.
- 37 -
FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE GROUP
APPENDIX I
1. FINANCIAL SUMMARY
Financial information of the Group for each of the three years ended 31 July 2023 and the six months ended 31 January 2024 is disclosed in the following annual reports of the Company which have been published on both the website of the Stock Exchange (www.hkexnews.hk) and the Company’s website (www.vs-ig.com). Quick links to such financial information are set out below:
-
annual report of the Company for the year ended 31 July 2021 (pages 68 to 138) https://www1.hkexnews.hk/listedco/listconews/sehk/2021/1112/2021111200739.pdf
-
annual report of the Company for the year ended 31 July 2022 (pages 68 to 138) https://www1.hkexnews.hk/listedco/listconews/sehk/2022/1114/2022111400719.pdf
-
annual report of the Company for the year ended 31 July 2023 (pages 65 to 132) https://www1.hkexnews.hk/listedco/listconews/sehk/2023/1110/2023111000498.pdf
-
interim report of the Company for the six months ended 31 January 2024 (pages 5 to 33) https://www1.hkexnews.hk/listedco/listconews/sehk/2024/0424/2024042401522.pdf
2. STATEMENT OF INDEBTEDNESS
Indebtedness
As at close of business on 31 March 2024, being the most recent practicable date for the purpose of this indebtedness statement, the Enlarged Group had the following indebtedness:
| As at 31 March 2024 | As at 31 March 2024 | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| RMB’000 | RMB’000 | RMB’000 | |
| The | The Target | Enlarged | |
| Group | Group | Group | |
| Current | |||
| Borrowings from bank – secured and | |||
| guaranteed (note (i)) | – | 76,107 | 76,107 |
| Borrowings from banks – secured (note (ii)) | – | 25,703 | 25,703 |
| Borrowings from a director (note (iii)) | 24,219 | – | 24,219 |
| Amount due to related parties (note (v)) | 92 | – | 92 |
| Lease liabilities | – | 4,412 | 4,412 |
| Non-current | |||
| Borrowings from bank – secured and | |||
| guaranteed (note (i)) | – | 6,614 | 6,614 |
| Borrowings from a director (note (iv)) | – | 20,341 | 20,341 |
| Lease liabilities | – | 11,327 | 11,327 |
| 24,311 | 144,504 | 168,815 |
Note (i) The borrowings from bank were secured by certain property, plant and equipment, right-of-use assets, inventories, trade receivables, deposits and cash and cash equivalent. In addition, the borrowings were also guaranteed by Mr. Beh Kim Ling, an executive Director and the Chairman of the Board.
- I-1 -
FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE GROUP
APPENDIX I
-
Note (ii) The borrowings from banks were secured by certain property, plant and equipment, right-of-use assets, trade receivables, deposits and cash and cash equivalent.
-
Note (iii) The borrowings from a director were unsecured, interest-bearing at the rate of 4.57% and due for repayment in June 2024.
-
Note (iv) The borrowings from a director were unsecured, interest-bearing at the rate of 5% and due for repayment from 31 January 2026 to 31 December 2026.
-
Note (v) The amounts due to related parties were non-trade in nature, interest-free and unsecured.
Contingent liabilities
As at close of business on 31 March 2024, the Enlarged Group did not have any material contingent liabilities.
Save as aforesaid and apart from intra-group liabilities and normal trade payables in the ordinary course of business, as at close of business on 31 March 2024, the Enlarged Group did not have any other debt securities issued and outstanding, and authorised or otherwise created but unissued, or term loans or other borrowings or indebtedness in the nature of borrowing including bank overdrafts and liabilities under acceptances or acceptances credits or hire purchase commitments, or outstanding mortgages and charges, or contingent liabilities or guarantees.
3. MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE
As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Directors were not aware of any material adverse change in the financial or trading position of the Group since 31 July 2023 (being the date to which the latest published audited financial statements of the Group were made up) up to and including the Latest Practicable Date.
4. SUFFICIENCY OF WORKING CAPITAL
The Directors are satisfied, after due and careful enquiry and based on the information currently available to the Directors, that after taking into account the effects of the acquisition, the Enlarged Group business prospects and the financial resources available to the Enlarged Group, including cash generated from future operations, the existing cash and bank balances, the available existing borrowings from a director and the available banking facilities of the Enlarged Group, the Enlarged Group has sufficient working capital for its present requirements for at least the next 12 months from the date of this circular.
5. FINANCIAL AND TRADING PROSPECT OF THE ENLARGED GROUP
The Group will continue to streamline its operation and formulate a stronger financial position with a light asset operation and lower geared structure and higher liquidity. By way of adopting a light assets and cost model, the Group should be able to improve its operational flexibility, reduce its debts and minimise the adverse impact on the business operation. The Group will secure new customers and will optimise the utilisation of the existing property, plant and equipment including leasing of the idle facilities.
- I-2 -
FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE GROUP
APPENDIX I
In view of the potential future prospects offered by the Acquisition as set out in the section headed “Reasons for and benefits of the Acquisition” in the Letter from the Board in this circular, the Directors are optimistic regarding the potential benefits and business synergies that the Acquisition will bring to the Enlarged Group. It is expected that the income from the Target Group could enrich the Group’s income stream and promote growth in its revenue and profits which will be beneficial to the Shareholders.
- I-3 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
ACCOUNTANT'S REPORT ON HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following is the text of a report set out on pages II-1 to II-3, received from the Company’s reporting accountant, PricewaterhouseCoopers, Certified Public Accountants, Hong Kong, for the purpose of incorporation in this circular.
==> picture [78 x 57] intentionally omitted <==
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION TO THE DIRECTORS OF V.S. INTERNATIONAL GROUP LIMITED
Introduction
We report on the historical financial information of VS Industry Vietnam Joint Stock Company (the “ Target ”) and its subsidiary (together, the “ Target Group ”) set out on pages II-4 to II-83, which comprises the consolidated and company statements of financial position as at 31 July 2021, 2022 and 2023 and 30 November 2023, and the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, the consolidated statements of changes in equity and the consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the years ended 31 July 2021, 2022 and 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2023 (the “ Track Record Period ”) and material accounting policy information and other explanatory information (together, the “ Historical Financial Information ”). The Historical Financial Information set out on pages II-4 to II-83 forms an integral part of this report, which has been prepared for inclusion in the circular of V.S. International Group Limited (the “ Company ”) dated 24 May 2024 (the “ Circular ”) in connection with the proposed acquisition of the Target by the Company.
Directors’ responsibility for the Historical Financial Information
The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of Historical Financial Information that gives a true and fair view in accordance with the basis of preparation set out in Note 2.1 to the Historical Financial Information, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of Historical Financial Information that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
The financial statements of the Target Group for the Track Record Period (“ Underlying Financial Statements ”), on which the Historical Financial Information is based, were prepared by the directors of the Target. The directors of the Target are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the Underlying Financial Statements that gives a true and fair view in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of Underlying Financial Statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
- II-1 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
Reporting accountant’s responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Historical Financial Information and to report our opinion to you. We conducted our work in accordance with Hong Kong Standard on Investment Circular Reporting Engagements 200, Accountants’ Reports on Historical Financial Information in Investment Circulars issued by the HKICPA. This standard requires that we comply with ethical standards and plan and perform our work to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Historical Financial Information is free from material misstatement.
Our work involved performing procedures to obtain evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the Historical Financial Information. The procedures selected depend on the reporting accountant’s judgement, including the assessment of risks of material misstatement of the Historical Financial Information, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the reporting accountant considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation of Historical Financial Information that gives a true and fair view in accordance with the basis of preparation set out in Note 2.1 to the Historical Financial Information in order to design procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Our work also included evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Historical Financial Information.
We believe that the evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Opinion
In our opinion, the Historical Financial Information gives, for the purposes of the accountant’s report, a true and fair view of the financial position of the Target as at 31 July 2021, 2022 and 2023 and 30 November 2023 and the consolidated financial position of the Target Group as at 31 July 2021, 2022 and 2023 and 30 November 2023 and of its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the Track Record Period in accordance with the basis of preparation set out in Note 2.1 to the Historical Financial Information.
Review of stub period comparative financial information
We have reviewed the stub period comparative financial information of the Target Group which comprises the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of changes in equity and the consolidated statement of cash flows for the four months ended 30 November 2022 and other explanatory information (the “ Stub Period Comparative Financial Information ”). The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the Stub Period Comparative Financial Information in accordance with the basis of preparation set out in Note 2.1 to the Historical Financial Information. Our responsibility is to express a conclusion on the Stub Period Comparative Financial Information based on our review. We conducted our review in accordance with International Standard on Review Engagements 2410, Review of Interim Financial Information Performed by the Independent Auditor of the Entity issued by the International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board (“ IAASB ”). A review consists of making inquiries, primarily of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters, and applying analytical and other review procedures. A review is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with
- II-2 -
APPENDIX II
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
International Standards on Auditing and consequently does not enable us to obtain assurance that we would become aware of all significant matters that might be identified in an audit. Accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion. Based on our review, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the Stub Period Comparative Financial Information, for the purposes of the accountant’s report, is not prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the basis of preparation set out in Note 2.1 to the Historical Financial Information.
Report on matters under the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited
Adjustments
In preparing the Historical Financial Information, no adjustments to the Underlying Financial Statements have been made.
PricewaterhouseCoopers Certified Public Accountants Hong Kong, 24 May 2024
- II-3 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
I HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE TARGET
Preparation of Historical Financial Information
Set out below is the Historical Financial Information which forms an integral part of this accountant’s report.
The Underlying Financial Statements, on which the Historical Financial Information is based, were audited by Branch of PwC (Vietnam) Limited in Hanoi in accordance with International Standards on Auditing issued by the IAASB.
The Historical Financial Information is presented in United States Dollar (“ USD ”) except when otherwise indicated.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
| Note Revenue 5 Cost of sales Gross profit Other income 6 Other gains, net 7 Administrative expenses Selling expenses Operating profits Finance income 9 Finance costs 9 Finance costs, net (Loss)/profit before income tax Income tax credit/(expense) 10 Profit for the year/period Other comprehensive income for the year/period Total comprehensive income for the year/period |
For the year ended 31 July 2021 2022 2023 USD USD USD 61,238,706 80,169,534 59,264,810 (57,394,953) (73,178,760) (52,031,445) 3,843,753 6,990,774 7,233,365 48,077 70,414 28,943 78,263 332,689 130,552 (1,867,288) (1,885,709) (1,767,681) (1,231,237) (1,077,744) (402,077) 871,568 4,430,424 5,223,102 21,050 56,347 92,869 (1,395,532) (1,672,381) (1,852,964) (1,374,482) (1,616,034) (1,760,095) (502,914) 2,814,390 3,463,007 505,558 (246,986) (410,377) 2,644 2,567,404 3,052,630 – – – 2,644 2,567,404 3,052,630 |
For the year ended 31 July 2021 2022 2023 USD USD USD 61,238,706 80,169,534 59,264,810 (57,394,953) (73,178,760) (52,031,445) 3,843,753 6,990,774 7,233,365 48,077 70,414 28,943 78,263 332,689 130,552 (1,867,288) (1,885,709) (1,767,681) (1,231,237) (1,077,744) (402,077) 871,568 4,430,424 5,223,102 21,050 56,347 92,869 (1,395,532) (1,672,381) (1,852,964) (1,374,482) (1,616,034) (1,760,095) (502,914) 2,814,390 3,463,007 505,558 (246,986) (410,377) 2,644 2,567,404 3,052,630 – – – 2,644 2,567,404 3,052,630 |
For the four months ended 30 November |
For the four months ended 30 November |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 61,238,706 (57,394,953) 3,843,753 48,077 78,263 (1,867,288) (1,231,237) 871,568 21,050 (1,395,532) (1,374,482) (502,914) 505,558 2,644 – 2,644 |
2022 USD 80,169,534 (73,178,760) 6,990,774 70,414 332,689 (1,885,709) (1,077,744) 4,430,424 56,347 (1,672,381) (1,616,034) 2,814,390 (246,986) 2,567,404 – 2,567,404 |
2022 USD (Unaudited) 23,116,619 (20,592,861) 2,523,758 3,450 298,782 (530,469) (291,185) 2,004,336 32,156 (636,245) (604,089) 1,400,247 (212,817) 1,187,430 – 1,187,430 |
2023 USD 16,001,536 (13,173,668 |
|
| 2,827,868 1,786 257,797 (577,142 (343,883 |
||||
| 2,166,426 13,392 (459,669 |
||||
| (446,277 | ||||
| 1,720,149 (180,435 |
||||
| 1,539,714 | ||||
| – | ||||
| 1,539,714 |
- II-4 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
| ASSETS Note Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment 14(a) Intangible assets 14(b) Right-of-use assets 14(c) Prepayments, deposits and other receivables 16 Deferred tax assets 17 Total non-current assets Current assets Inventories 15 Trade receivables 16 Prepayments, deposits and other receivables 16 Short-term bank deposits 18 Cash and cash equivalents 18 Total current assets Total assets |
As at 31 July | 2023 USD 17,461,487 28,078 3,088,736 1,268,302 919,716 22,766,319 8,326,669 6,062,128 918,717 2,713,196 6,655,625 24,676,335 47,442,654 |
As at 30 November 2023 USD 20,017,325 30,462 2,894,556 527,390 805,356 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 17,408,982 41,323 3,027,544 780,601 1,537,475 22,795,925 17,154,051 7,825,406 1,192,902 3,255,981 4,302,127 33,730,467 56,526,392 |
2022 USD 17,673,416 34,200 3,677,491 1,345,675 1,366,093 24,096,875 16,353,491 9,514,233 1,335,188 4,279,747 5,592,235 37,074,894 61,171,769 |
|||
| 24,275,089 | ||||
| 9,985,183 5,639,067 804,866 2,993,481 4,875,189 |
||||
| 24,297,786 | ||||
| 48,572,875 |
- II-5 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION (CONTINUED)
| EQUITY Note Capital and reserves Share capital 22 Reserves Total equity LIABILITIES Non-current liabilities Other payables and accruals 19 Amounts due to related parties 24(b) Borrowings from banks 20 Borrowings from a director 24(c) Lease liabilities 21 Total non-current liabilities Current liabilities Trade payables, other payables and accruals 19 Contract liabilities 19 Amounts due to related parties 24(b) Corporate income tax liabilities Borrowings from banks 20 Borrowings from a director 24(c) Lease liabilities 21 Total current liabilities Total liabilities Total equity and liabilities |
As at 31 July | 2023 USD 21,291,213 (5,062,230) 16,228,983 365,657 258,570 6,876 1,995,464 1,768,641 4,395,208 8,097,151 607,996 257,959 5,414 16,297,313 821,661 730,969 26,818,463 31,213,671 47,442,654 |
As at 30 November 2023 USD 21,291,213 (3,522,516) 17,768,697 1,137,722 172,648 100,903 1,525,943 1,549,763 4,486,979 10,319,757 591,627 273,954 71,489 13,060,254 1,291,182 708,936 26,317,199 30,804,178 48,572,875 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 21,291,213 (10,682,264) 10,608,949 526,838 – 1,417,104 2,170,978 1,989,725 6,104,645 13,597,356 3,833,753 724,808 – 20,322,844 865,411 468,626 39,812,798 45,917,443 56,526,392 |
2022 USD 21,291,213 (8,114,860) 13,176,353 346,074 – 61,150 2,101,714 2,386,081 4,895,019 13,031,676 3,370,396 797,408 41,414 24,303,371 865,411 690,721 43,100,397 47,995,416 61,171,769 |
- II-6 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
For the years ended 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022 and 31 July 2023
| As at 1 August 2020 (unaudited) Issuance of new shares Contribution from a shareholder (Note) Profit for the year As at 31 July 2021 As at 1 August 2021 Profit for the year As at 31 July 2022 As at 1 August 2022 Profit for the year As at 31 July 2023 |
Share capital USD 17,291,213 4,000,000 – – 21,291,213 21,291,213 – 21,291,213 21,291,213 – 21,291,213 |
Share premium USD 66,300 – – – 66,300 66,300 – 66,300 66,300 – 66,300 |
Treasury share USD (237,388) – – – (237,388) (237,388) – (237,388) (237,388) – (237,388) |
Capital reserve USD – – 1,258,437 – 1,258,437 1,258,437 – 1,258,437 1,258,437 – 1,258,437 |
Accumulated losses USD (11,772,257) – 2,644 (11,769,613) (11,769,613) 2,567,404 (9,202,209) (9,202,209) 3,052,630 (6,149,579) |
Total equity USD 5,347,868 4,000,000 1,258,437 2,644 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 10,608,949 | ||||||
| 10,608,949 2,567,404 |
||||||
| 13,176,353 | ||||||
| 13,176,353 3,052,630 |
||||||
| 16,228,983 |
Note: The Group disposed property, plant and equipment with net book value of USD141,563 to the ultimate holding company at a cash consideration of USD1,400,000. The difference is considered as contribution from shareholder and recorded as movement of capital reserve.
For the four months ended 30 November 2022 and 30 November 2023
| As at 1 August 2022 Profit for the period (unaudited) As at 30 November 2022 (unaudited) As at 1 August 2023 Profit for the period As at 30 November 2023 |
Share capital USD 21,291,213 – 21,291,213 21,291,213 – 21,291,213 |
Share premium USD 66,300 – 66,300 66,300 – 66,300 |
Treasury share USD (237,388) – (237,388) (237,388) – (237,388) |
Capital reserve USD 1,258,437 – 1,258,437 1,258,437 – 1,258,437 |
Accumulated losses USD (9,202,209) 1,187,430 (8,014,779) (6,149,579) 1,539,714 (4,609,865) |
Total equity USD 13,176,353 1,187,430 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 14,363,783 | ||||||
| 16,228,983 1,539,714 |
||||||
| 17,768,697 |
- II-7 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
| Note Cash flows from operating activities Cash generated from operations 25(a) Income tax paid Net cash generated from operating activities Cash flow from investing activities Purchases of property, plant and equipment Purchases of intangible assets Proceeds from disposals of property, plant and equipment Placements of short-term bank deposits Receipt from maturity of short-term bank deposits Interest received Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities Cash flows from financing activities Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment to ultimate holding company Proceeds from borrowings from banks Repayments of borrowings from banks Repayments of lease principals Repayments of borrowings from a director Interest paid Net cash generated from/ (used in) financing activities Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year/period Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year/period |
**For the year ended 31 ** | **For the year ended 31 ** | July 2023 USD 13,719,742 – 13,719,742 (3,757,820) – – (1,400,000) 2,995,759 86,445 (2,075,616) – 43,580,805 (51,579,692) (568,146) (150,000) (1,794,445) (10,511,478) 1,132,648 5,592,235 (69,258) 6,655,625 |
For the four months ended 30 November |
For the four months ended 30 November |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 4,206,665 (12,989) 4,193,676 (7,702,480) (20,632) 13,848 (2,411,507) – 13,925 (10,106,846) 1,400,000 56,809,243 (48,514,785) (449,710) – (1,285,569) 7,959,179 2,046,009 2,269,514 (13,396) 4,302,127 |
2022 USD 3,910,870 (34,190) 3,876,680 (2,415,134) (11,042) 202,088 (1,000,952) – 48,311 (3,176,729) – 70,091,494 (67,450,603) (427,978) – (1,657,176) 555,737 1,255,688 4,302,127 34,420 5,592,235 |
2022 USD (Unaudited) 3,057,456 – 3,057,456 (1,851,522) – – – 2,011,419 9,685 169,582 – 16,954,151 (17,605,351) (176,510) – (640,340) (1,468,050) 1,758,988 5,592,235 59,418 7,410,641 |
2023 USD 2,830,765 – |
||
| 2,830,765 | |||||
| (540,482 (4,253 55,239 (300,000 – 12,210 |
|||||
| (777,286 | |||||
| – 12,217,664 (15,358,630 (198,561 – (468,081 |
|||||
| (3,807,608 | |||||
| (1,754,129 6,655,625 (26,307 |
|||||
| 4,875,189 |
- II-8 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
Significant non-cash transactions during the years/periods include:
-
(i) Purchases of property, plant and equipment that not yet been settled as at 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023, 30 November 2022 and 30 November 2023 of USD1,106,198, USD1,990,805, USD376,264, USD1,504,043 and USD2,689,870 respectively.
-
(ii) In August 2020, the amount due to the ultimate holding company of USD4,000,000 for purchase of property, plant and equipment was converted to capital contribution of USD4,000,000 from the ultimate holding company and 9,320,000 new shares were issued to the ultimate holding company.
Statement of financial position of the Company
| ASSETS Note Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment 14(a) Intangible assets 14(b) Right-of-use assets 14(c) Investment in subsidiaries Prepayments, deposits and other receivables 16 Deferred tax assets 17 Total non-current assets Current assets Inventories 15 Trade receivables 16 Prepayments, deposits and other receivables 16 Amounts due from subsidiary companies Short-term bank deposits 18 Cash and cash equivalents 18 Total current assets Total assets |
As at 31 July | 2023 USD 16,929,868 15,917 3,088,736 1,100,000 1,268,302 919,716 23,322,539 7,962,183 6,062,128 882,952 31,633 2,713,196 6,466,380 24,118,472 47,441,011 |
As at 30 November |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 16,341,502 27,746 3,027,544 1,100,000 780,601 1,537,475 22,814,868 14,970,698 7,825,406 1,152,635 248,420 3,255,981 4,126,200 31,579,340 54,394,208 |
2022 USD 16,880,623 20,623 3,677,491 1,100,000 1,345,675 1,366,093 24,390,505 14,735,528 9,514,233 1,317,827 256,149 4,279,747 5,356,342 35,459,826 59,850,331 |
2023 USD 19,413,549 18,301 2,894,556 1,100,000 527,390 805,356 |
||
| 24,759,152 | ||||
| 9,467,615 5,639,067 802,844 46,287 2,993,481 4,763,546 |
||||
| 23,712,840 | ||||
| 48,471,992 |
- II-9 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
Statement of financial position of the Company (continued)
| EQUITY Note Capital and reserves Share capital 22 Reserves Total equity LIABILITIES Non-current liabilities Other payables and accruals 19 Amounts due to related parties Borrowings from banks 20 Borrowings from a director Lease liabilities 21 Total non-current liabilities Current liabilities Trade payables, other payables and accruals 19 Contract liabilities 19 Amounts due to related parties Corporate income tax liabilities Borrowings from banks 20 Borrowings from a director Lease liabilities 21 Total current liabilities Total liabilities Total equity and liabilities |
As at 31 July | 2023 USD 21,291,213 (5,407,990) 15,883,223 365,657 258,570 7,211 1,995,464 1,768,641 4,395,543 7,938,560 607,996 982,400 – 16,080,659 821,661 730,969 27,162,245 31,557,788 47,441,011 |
As at 30 November 2023 USD 21,291,213 (3,825,098) 17,466,115 1,137,722 172,648 13,378 1,525,943 1,549,763 4,399,454 10,164,367 591,627 941,323 66,075 12,842,913 1,291,182 708,936 26,606,423 31,005,877 48,471,992 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 21,291,213 (10,912,607) 10,378,606 526,838 – 1,280,307 2,170,978 1,989,725 5,967,848 12,326,256 3,833,753 850,997 – 19,702,711 865,411 468,626 38,047,754 44,015,602 54,394,208 |
2022 USD 21,291,213 (8,635,490) 12,655,723 346,074 – 15,390 2,101,714 2,386,081 4,849,259 12,313,554 3,370,396 1,404,806 – 23,700,461 865,411 690,721 42,345,349 47,194,608 59,850,331 |
- II-10 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
II NOTES TO THE HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
VS Industry Vietnam Joint Stock Company (the “ Company ”) and its subsidiary (collectively, the “ Group ”) are principally engaged in the manufacturing and sales of plastic moulded products and parts, assembling of electronic products, and mould design and fabrication. The Company was incorporated in Vietnam. The address of its registered office is Lot C1, Que Vo Industrial Zone, Van Duong Ward, Bac Ninh City, Bac Ninh Province, S.R. Vietnam.
The Company is ultimately owned by B&E Holding Limited, a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands with limited liability.
These consolidated financial statements are presented in United States Dollar (“ USD ”), unless otherwise stated.
2 SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION
2.1 Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost basis.
New standards, amendments to existing standards and interpretations not yet adopted
The following new standards and amendments to standards have not come into effect for the financial year beginning 1 August 2023, and have not been early adopted by the Group in preparing these consolidated financial statements. None of these new standards and amendments to standards is expected to have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.
| Standards | Subject of amendment | Effective date |
|---|---|---|
| IAS 1 (Amendments) | Classification of Liabilities as Current or | 1 January 2024 |
| Non-current | ||
| IAS 1 (Amendments) | Non-current Liabilities with Covenants | 1 January 2024 |
| IFRS 16 (Amendments) | Lease Liabilities in a Sale and Leaseback | 1 January 2024 |
| IAS 7 and IFRS 7 | Supplier Finance Arrangements | 1 January 2024 |
| (Amendments) | ||
| IAS 21 (Amendments) | Lack of Exchangeability | 1 January 2025 |
| IFRS 10 and IAS 28 | Sale or contribution of assets between an | To be determined |
| (Amendments) | investor and its associate or joint venture |
2.2. Summary of material accounting policies
The material accounting policy information adopted by the Target Group as set out below is consistent with the accounting policies of V.S. International Group Limited.
- II-11 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
2.2.1 Principles of consolidation
- (a) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.
Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between the Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the transferred asset. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
- (b) Separate statement of financial position
Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost less impairment. Cost includes direct attributable costs of investment. The results of subsidiaries are accounted for by the Company on the basis of dividend received and receivable.
Impairment testing of the investments in subsidiaries is required upon receiving a dividend from these investments if the dividend exceeds the total comprehensive income of the subsidiary in the period the dividend is declared or if the carrying amount of the investment in the separate financial statements exceeds the carrying amount in the consolidated financial statements of the investee’s net assets including goodwill.
2.2.2 Foreign currency translation
- (a) Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the “ functional currency ”). The Historical Financial Information is presented in USD, which is the Company’s functional and the Group’s presentation currency.
- (b) Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at yearend exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in profit or loss.
- II-12 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
2.2.3 Fixed assets
Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
Fixed assets are stated at historical cost less depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part derecognised. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to profit or loss during the financial period in which they are incurred.
Depreciation and amortization
Fixed assets are depreciated or amortised using the straight-line basis so as to write off the depreciable amount of the fixed assets over their estimated useful lives or over the term of the Investment Registration Certificate if shorter. Depreciable amount equals to the historical cost of fixed assets recorded in the consolidated financial statements less the estimated disposal value of such assets. The estimated useful lives of each asset class are as follows:
| Buildings | 10 to 40 years |
|---|---|
| Plant, moulds and machinery | 2 to 12 years |
| Power generating machinery and equipment | 8 to 12 years |
| Office equipment, furniture and fixtures | 5 to 8 years |
| Motor vehicles | 8 to 12 years |
| Software | 5 to 8 years |
| Trademark | 8 years |
The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.
Construction-in-progress represents buildings, plant and machinery under construction or pending installation and is stated at cost. Cost includes the costs of construction of buildings, the costs of plant and machinery, installation, testing and other direct costs. No depreciation is made on construction-inprogress until such time as the relevant assets are completed and ready for intended use. When the relevant assets are brought into use, the costs are transferred to property, plant and equipment and depreciated in accordance with the policy as stated above.
An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount (Note 2.2.4).
Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised in the profit or loss.
- II-13 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
2.2.4 Impairment of non-financial assets
Assets that have an indefinite useful life, for example, goodwill, are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value-in-use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.
2.2.5 Investments and other financial assets
(a) Classification
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:
-
those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through other comprehensive income or through profit or loss), and
-
those to be measured at amortised cost.
The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows.
For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profit or loss or other comprehensive income. For investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Group has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income.
(b) Recognition and derecognition
Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade-date, the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.
(c) Measurement
Except for trade receivables, at initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial
- II-14 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are expensed in profit or loss. However, if the fair value of the financial asset at initial recognition differs from the transaction price, an entity shall account for that instrument at the acquisition date as follows:
-
if that fair value is evidenced by a quoted price in an active market for an identical asset or liability (ie a Level 1 input) or based on a valuation technique that uses only data from observable markets. The Group shall recognise the difference between the fair value at initial recognition and the transaction price as a gain or loss.
-
in all other cases, the Group adjusts to defer the difference between the fair value at initial recognition and the transaction price. After initial recognition, the entity shall recognise that deferred difference as a gain or loss only to the extent that it arises from a change in a factor (including time) that market participants would take into account when pricing the asset or liability.
After initial recognition, an entity shall measure a financial asset at amortised cost, fair value through other comprehensive income, or fair value through profit or loss.
(d) Impairment
The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried at amortised cost. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.
For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition of trade receivables, see Note 3.1(b) for further details.
Impairment on deposits and other receivables is measured as either 12-month expected credit losses or lifetime expected credit losses, depending on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition. If a significant increase in credit risk of a deposit or other receivable has occurred since initial recognition, the impairment is measured as lifetime expected credit losses.
2.2.6 Offsetting financial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the consolidated statement of financial position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or the counterparty. There are no offsetting financial instruments as at 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and 30 November 2023.
- II-15 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
2.2.7 Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined by using the weighted average method. The cost of finished goods and work in progress comprises raw materials, direct labour, other direct costs and related production overheads (based on normal operating capacity). It excludes borrowing costs. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable selling expenses.
Provision is made, when necessary, for obsolete, slow-moving and defective inventory items. The difference between the provision of this period and the provision of the previous period is recognised as an increase or decrease in cost of goods sold in the period.
2.2.8 Trade receivables, other receivables, and prepayments
Receivables represent trade receivables from customers arising from sales of goods and rendering of services or non-trade receivables from others and are stated at cost. If collection of trade and other receivables is expected in one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the business if longer), they are classified as current assets. If not, they are presented as non-current assets.
Trade receivables are recognised initially at the amount of consideration that is unconditional unless they contain significant financing components, when they are recognised at fair value. The Group holds the trade receivables with the objective to collect the contractual cash flows and therefore measures them subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest method. See Note 3.1 for a description of the Group’s impairment policies. Bad debts are written off when identified as uncollectible.
Prepayments include short-term and long-term prepayments on the consolidated statement of financial position. Short-term prepayments reflect prepayments for raw materials and services for a period not exceeding 12 months or a business cycle from the date of prepayments. Long-term prepayments reflect prepayments for fixed assets.
2.2.9 Contract assets and contract liabilities
A contract asset is an entity’s right to consideration in exchange for goods or services that the entity has transferred to a customer. A contract asset becomes a receivable when the entity’s right to consideration is unconditional, which is the case when only the passage of time is required before payment of the consideration is due. A contract liability is an entity’s obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which the entity has received consideration.
2.2.10 Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, cash at banks and other short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less.
- II-16 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
2.2.11 Capital and reserves
Owners’ capital is recorded according to the actual amounts contributed at the par value of the shares. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.
Share premium is the difference between the par value and the issue price of shares and the difference between the repurchase price and re-issuing price of treasury shares.
Treasury shares bought before the effective date of the Vietnam Securities Law (ie. 1 January 2021) are shares issued by the Company and bought back by itself, but these are not cancelled and may be re-issued subsequently in accordance with the Law on Securities. Treasury shares bought after 1 January 2021 will be cancelled and adjusted to reduce equity.
Capital reserve records contributions from owners are non-reciprocal in nature.
Retained earnings/(accumulated losses) record the Group’s results (profit or loss) after corporate income tax at the reporting date.
2.2.12 Trade payables, other payables and accruals
Classifications of payables are based on their nature as follows:
-
Trade accounts payable are trade payables arising from purchases of goods and services; and
-
Other payables are non-trade payables and payables not relating to purchases of goods and services.
Accrued expenses include liabilities for goods and services received in the year/period but not yet paid for, due to pending invoices or insufficient records and documents. Accrued expenses are recorded as expenses in the reporting year/period.
Trade payables, other payables and accruals are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the business if longer). If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.
Trade payables, other payables and accruals are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
2.2.13 Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently carried at amortised cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.
- II-17 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognised as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred until the draw-down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalised as a pre-payment for liquidity services and amortised over the period of the facility to which it relates.
Borrowings are removed from the consolidated statement of financial position when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired. The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability that has been extinguished or transferred to another party and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognised in profit or loss as other income or finance costs.
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the end of the reporting period.
2.2.14 Borrowing costs
General and specific borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale.
Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation.
All other borrowing costs are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred.
2.2.15 Current and deferred income tax
The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in profit or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in the other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case the tax is also recognised in the other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.
(a) Current income tax
The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period in the countries where the Group operates and generates taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.
- II-18 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
(b) Deferred income tax
Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the Historical Financial Information. However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognised if they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred income tax is also not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination, at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss and at the time of the transaction, does not give rise to equal taxable and deductible temporary differences. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the end of the reporting period and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.
Deferred tax assets are recognised only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.
Deferred tax liabilities and assets are not recognised for temporary differences between the carrying amount and tax bases of investments in foreign operations where the Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when the deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority. Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
2.2.16 Employee benefit
- (a) Defined contribution plans
The Group participates in various defined contribution retirement benefit plans which are available to all relevant employees. These plans are generally funded through payments to schemes established by the government. Defined contribution plans are post-employment benefit plans under which the entities in the Group are required to pay fixed contributions of the standard wages of employees into the Social Insurance Authority on a monthly basis. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid.
All contributions to pension plans are fully and immediately vested and the Group had no unvested benefits available to reduce its future contributions. The contributions are recognised as employee benefit expenses when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.
- II-19 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
(b) Bonus plan
The expected cost of bonus payments is recognised as a liability when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of services rendered by employees and a reliable estimate of the obligation can be made. Liabilities of bonus plans are expected to be settled within twelve months and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when they are settled.
(c) Provision for severance allowance
In accordance with Vietnamese Labour laws, employees of the Group who have worked regularly for full 12 months or longer, are entitled to a severance allowance. The working period used for the calculation of severance allowance is the period during which the employee actually works for the Group less the period during which the employee participates in the unemployment insurance scheme in accordance with the labour regulations and the working period for which the employee has received severance allowance from the Group. This allowance will be paid as a lump sum when the employees terminate their labour contracts in accordance with current regulations.
The liability recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position is the present value of the provision for severance allowance at the end of the reporting period on the basis that each employee is entitled to half of an average monthly salary for each working year. The average monthly salary used for calculating the severance allowance is the employee’s average salary for the six-month period prior to the retirement date.
The present value of the provision for severance allowance is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of government bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid, and that have terms approximating to the terms of the related obligation.
The net interest cost is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net balance of the defined benefit obligation. This cost is included in employee benefit expense in the consolidated statements of profit or loss.
2.2.17 Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events; it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation; and the amount has been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses.
Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognised even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.
- II-20 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation using a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The increase in the provision due to passage of time is recognised as interest expense within “finance costs” in profit or loss.
2.2.18 Leases
Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments:
-
fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable;
-
variable lease payment that are based on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the commencement date;
-
amounts expected to be payable by the Group under residual value guarantees;
-
the exercise price of a purchase option if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise that option; and
-
payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising that option.
The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be determined, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in a similar economic environment with similar terms and conditions.
Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:
-
the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;
-
any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received;
-
any initial direct costs, and
-
restoration costs.
Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. If the Group is reasonably certain to exercise a purchase option or the Group will obtain the ownership at the end of the lease term, the right-of-use asset is depreciated over the underlying asset’s useful life.
- II-21 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
Payments associated with short-term leases is recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less.
Land use rights are stated at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Cost represents consideration paid for the rights to use the land on which various plants and buildings are situated for 46 years. Amortisation of land use rights is calculated on a straight-line basis over the period of leases.
2.2.19 Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, and represents amounts receivable for goods supplied or services rendered, stated net of trade discounts, prompt payment discounts, sales returns and value added taxes. The Group recognises revenue when the amount of revenue can be reliably measured; when it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the entity; and when specific criteria have been met for each of the Group’s activities, as described below. The Group bases its estimates of discounts and return on historical results and sales budgets, taking into consideration the type of customer, the type of transaction and the specifics of each arrangement.
The Company does not expect to have any contracts where the period between the transfer of the promised goods to the customer and payment by customer exceeds one year. Therefore, as a practical expedient, the Company does not adjust the transaction prices for the time value of money.
Accumulated experience is used to estimate and provide for the discounts, using the expected value method, and revenue is only recognised to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal will not occur. A sales rebate payables (included in other payables) is recognised for expected volume discounts payable to customers in relation to sales made until the end of the reporting period.
A contract liability is recognised for the advance payment from customers in relation to sale that has not been recognised in the current period.
(a) Sales of goods
Revenue from the sales of goods is recognised when control of the products has transferred, being when the products are delivered to the customer, and there is no unfulfilled obligation that could affect the customer’s acceptance of the products. Delivery occurs when the products have been shipped to the specified location, the risks of obsolescence and loss have been transferred to the customer, and either the customer has accepted the products in accordance with the sales contract, the acceptance provisions have lapsed, or the Group has objective evidence that all criteria for acceptance have been satisfied.
(b) Interest income
Interest income on financial assets at amortised cost is calculated using the effective interest method.
- II-22 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
Interest income is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the gross carrying amount of a financial asset except for financial assets that subsequently become credit-impaired. For creditimpaired financial assets, the effective interest rate is applied to the net carrying amount of the financial asset (after deduction of the loss allowance).
Interest income is presented as finance income where it is earned from financial assets that are held for cash management purposes. Any other interest income is included in other income.
2.2.20 Related parties
Enterprises and individuals that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, control, or are controlled by, or are under common control with the Company, including holding companies, subsidiaries and fellow subsidiaries are related parties of the Company. Associates and individuals owning, directly or indirectly, an interest in the voting power of the Company that gives them significant influence over the Company, key management personnel, including directors of the Company and close members of the family of these individuals and companies associated with these individuals also constitute related parties.
3 Financial risk management
3.1 Financial risk factors
This note explains the Group’s exposure to financial risks and how these risks could affect the Group’s future financial performance. Current year profit or loss information has been included where relevant to add further context.
The Group’s risk management is predominantly controlled by senior management of the Group. Group treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: foreign exchange risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, and cash flow and fair value interest-rate risks. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance.
(a) Foreign exchange risk
The Group mainly operates in Vietnam with major customers in the United States and major suppliers in Vietnam and most of the transactions are settled in United States dollars (“ USD ”). Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions or recognised assets or liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the Company’s functional currency. The Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to Vietnamese Dong (“ VND ”).
The following table details the Group’s exposure at the end of the reporting period to currency risk arising from recognised assets or liabilities denominated in VND.
- II-23 -
APPENDIX II
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
| Trade and other receivables Cash and cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits Trade and other payables Borrowings from banks Overall net exposure |
As at 31 July |
2023 USD 298,864 2,259,976 (1,709,905) (174,142) 674,793 |
As at 30 November 2023 USD 87,342 1,946,442 (2,103,170) (276,748) (346,134) |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 191,719 2,284,910 (2,972,929) (1,054,500) (1,550,800) |
2022 USD 281,743 3,081,243 (2,409,358) (805,787) 147,841 |
At 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and 30 November 2023, if VND had weakened/ strengthened by 50 points against USD, with all other variables held constant, the profit before tax for the year/period would have been approximately USD77,540, USD(7,392), USD(33,740), USD17,307 higher/lower, mainly as a result of foreign exchange gains/losses on translation of financial assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the companies comprising the Group.
(b) Credit risk
Credit risk arises from cash at banks, trade receivables, deposits and other receivables.
Risk management
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, short-term bank deposits, trade receivables, deposits and other receivables included in the consolidated statement of financial position represent the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to its financial assets. As at 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and 30 November 2023, 43%, 23%, 23%, 34% and 85%, 80%, 78%, 86% of the trade receivables are due from the Group’s largest customer and the five largest customers, respectively.
To manage its credit risk, the Group has policies in place to ensure that products are sold to customers with an appropriate credit history and the Group performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers. Normally the Group does not require collaterals from trade debtors.
Management makes periodic collective assessment as well as individual assessment on the recoverability of trade and other receivables based on historical payment records, the length of the overdue period, the financial strength of the trade and other debtors, and whether there are any disputes with the relevant debtors. The Group believes that adequate provision for doubtful debts has been made.
- II-24 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
Cash and cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits are also subject to the impairment requirements under IFRS 9, yet the identified impairment loss is immaterial because the Group only transacts with state-owned or reputable financial institutions in Vietnam.
Trade receivables
Trade receivables of the Group are subject to the expected credit loss model. The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for trade receivables. To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have been grouped based on the nature of customer accounts, shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due. The expected loss rates are based on the historical credit losses. The historical loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the ability of the customers to settle the receivables. The loss allowance was not material as at 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and 30 November 2023.
| Less than | Less than | Over | Over | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 year | 1 year | |||||
| As at 31 July 2021 | Current | past due | past due | Total | ||
| USD | USD | USD | USD | |||
| Gross carrying amount – | ||||||
| Trade receivables | 7,793,901 | 31,505 | 34,043 | 7,859,449 | ||
| Loss allowance | – | – | 34,043 | 34,043 | ||
| Less than | Over | |||||
| 1 year | 1 year | |||||
| As at 31 July 2022 | Current | past due | past due | Total | ||
| USD | USD | USD | USD | |||
| Gross carrying amount – | ||||||
| Trade receivables | 9,509,443 | 4,790 | – | 9,514,233 | ||
| Loss allowance | – | – | – | – | ||
| Impairment of financial assets | ||||||
| Trade receivables | ||||||
| Less than | Over | |||||
| 1 year | 1 year | |||||
| As at 31 July 2023 | Current | past due | past due | Total | ||
| USD | USD | USD | USD | |||
| Gross carrying amount – | ||||||
| Trade receivables | 6,030,383 | 28,435 | 3,310 | 6,062,128 | ||
| Loss allowance | – | – | – | – |
- II-25 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
| Less than | Over | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 year | 1 year | |||
| As at 30 November 2023 | Current | past due | past due | Total |
| USD | USD | USD | USD | |
| Gross carrying amount – | ||||
| Trade receivables | 5,639,067 | – | – | 5,639,067 |
| Loss allowance | – | – | – | – |
Movements in the loss allowances for trade receivables are as follows:
| Beginning of year/ period Receivables written off as uncollectible End of year/period |
**For ** | the year ended 31 July 2022 2023 USD USD – – – – – – |
For the four months ended 30 November |
For the four months ended 30 November |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 34,043 (34,043) – |
2022 USD – – – |
2022 USD (Unaudited) – – – |
2023 USD – – |
|
| – |
Impairment losses on trade receivables are presented as net impairment losses within statement of profit and loss. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against the same line item.
Other financial assets at amortised costs
The credit quality of other financial assets at amortised cost has been assessed with reference to historical information about the counterparties default rates and financial position of the counterparties.
Other receivables
Other receivables include deposits and other receivables excluding prepayments. The Board of Management assessed that the risk of default by these counterparties is not significant and does not expect any losses from non-performance by the counterparties. Therefore, expected credit loss rate of other receivables is assessed to be close to zero and loss allowance was not material as at 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and 30 November 2023.
- II-26 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
Cash and cash equivalents
While cash and cash equivalents are also subject to the impairment requirements of IFRS 9, the Group performed impairment assessment on bank balances and concluded that the probability of defaults of the counterparty banks are insignificant and accordingly, no allowance for credit losses is provided.
Management makes periodic collective assessments as well as individual assessment on the recoverability of deposits and other receivables based on historical settlement records and past experience. A significant increase in credit risk is presumed if a debtor is more than 1 year past due in making a contractual payment/repayable demanded.
A summary of the assumptions underpinning the Group’s expected credit loss model is as follows:
| Basis for recognition of expected | ||
|---|---|---|
| Category | Group definition of category | credit loss provision |
| Performing | Receivables whose credit risk is in line with | 12 month expected losses; where |
| original expectations | the expected lifetime of an | |
| asset is less than 12 months, | ||
| expected losses are measured at | ||
| its expected lifetime (stage 1) | ||
| Underperforming | Receivables for which a significant increase in | Lifetime expected losses (stage 2) |
| credit risk has occurred compared to original | ||
| expectations; a significant increase in credit | ||
| risk is presumed if interest and/or principal | ||
| repayments are one year past due | ||
| Non-performing | Interest and/or principal repayments are 1 year | Lifetime expected losses (stage 3) |
| (credit impaired) | past due | |
| Write-off | Interest and/or principal repayments are 1 year | Asset is written off |
| past due or there is no reasonable expectation | ||
| of recovery |
(c) Liquidity risk
Prudent liquidity management, after considering the expected market conditions, implies maintaining sufficient cash and cash equivalents and the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities, and funds generated from operating activities.
The Group’s primary cash requirements have been for additions to and upgrades on property, plant and equipment, settlement of borrowings, payment for trade and other payables and payment for operating expenses. The Group mainly finances its working capital requirements through a combination of internal resources and borrowings, as necessary.
- II-27 -
APPENDIX II ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
The Group’s policy is to regularly monitor current and expected liquidity requirements to ensure it maintains sufficient cash and cash equivalents and adequate amount of committed credit facilities to meet its liquidity requirements in the short and long term.
The Group had access to the following undrawn borrowing facilities at the end of the reporting period:
| Floating rate – Expiring within one year – Expiring beyond one year Fixed rate – Expiring within one year – Expiring beyond one year |
As at 31 July |
2023 USD 8,369,936 – 8,369,936 – – – |
As at 30 November 2023 USD 11,532,423 – |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 168,884 15,182,460 15,351,344 20,755 9,212 29,967 |
2022 USD 24,516,373 3,753,048 28,269,421 – 19,322 19,322 |
|||
| 11,532,423 | ||||
| – – |
||||
| – |
The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period from the reporting date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows, including interest payments computed using contractual rates, based on the earliest date on which the Group can be required to pay.
- II-28 -
APPENDIX II
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
| Less than 1 | Between | Between | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| year | 1 and 2 years | 2 and 5 years | Over 5 years | Total | |
| USD | USD | USD | USD | USD | |
| As at 31 July 2021 | |||||
| Trade and other payables (excluding other | |||||
| tax payables, staff salaries and welfare) | 12,618,810 | – | – | – | 12,618,810 |
| Amounts due to related parties | 724,808 | – | – | – | 724,808 |
| Borrowings from banks (including interest | |||||
| payments) | 19,092,604 | 2,891,507 | 228,652 | – | 22,212,763 |
| Borrowings from a director (including | |||||
| interest payments) | 967,108 | 1,461,953 | 823,733 | – | 3,252,794 |
| Lease liabilities | 557,892 | 564,905 | 1,511,129 | 731,285 | 3,365,211 |
| As at 31 July 2022 | |||||
| Trade and other payables (excluding other | |||||
| tax payables, staff salaries and welfare) | 12,167,705 | – | – | – | 12,167,705 |
| Amounts due to related parties | 797,408 | – | – | – | 797,408 |
| Borrowings from banks (including interest | |||||
| payments) | 24,534,878 | 149,176 | – | – | 24,684,054 |
| Borrowings from a director (including | |||||
| interest payments) | 897,843 | 1,462,037 | 823,834 | – | 3,183,714 |
| Lease liabilities | 830,264 | 832,233 | 2,001,024 | 310,191 | 3,973,712 |
- II-29 -
APPENDIX II
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
| Less than 1 | Between | Between | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| year | 1 and 2 years | 2 and 5 years | Over 5 years | Total | |
| USD | USD | USD | USD | USD | |
| As at 31 July 2023 | |||||
| Trade and other payables (excluding other | |||||
| tax payables, staff salaries and welfare) | 7,345,963 | – | – | – | 7,345,963 |
| Amounts due to related parties | 257,959 | 284,681 | – | – | 542,640 |
| Borrowings from banks (including interest | |||||
| payments) | 16,623,031 | – | – | – | 16,623,031 |
| Borrowings from a director (including | |||||
| interest payments) | 852,550 | 1,388,222 | 782,186 | – | 3,022,958 |
| Lease liabilities | 821,486 | 764,108 | 1,527,249 | – | 3,112,843 |
| As at 30 November 2023 | |||||
| Trade and other payables (excluding other | |||||
| tax payables, staff salaries and welfare) | 9,480,612 | 818,523 | – | – | 10,299,135 |
| Amounts due to related parties | 273,954 | 187,071 | – | – | 461,025 |
| Borrowings from banks (including interest | |||||
| payments) | 13,355,315 | – | – | 150,769 | 13,506,084 |
| Borrowings from a director (including | |||||
| interest payments) | 1,328,953 | 1,388,158 | 258,767 | – | 2,975,878 |
| Lease liabilities | 790,004 | 723,400 | 1,274,180 | – | 2,787,584 |
(d) Cash flow and fair value interest-rate risk
The Group’s income and operating cash flows are substantially independent of changes in market interest rates. The Group has no significant interest-bearing assets except for cash and cash equivalents and bank deposits, details of which are disclosed in Note 18. The Group’s exposure to changes in interest rates is mainly attributable to its borrowings, details of which are disclosed in Note 20. Borrowings carried at floating rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk while those carried at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest-rate risk. The Group has not used any interest rate swaps to hedge its exposure to interest rate risk.
As at 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and 30 November 2023, if the interest rates had increased/decreased by 50 points with all other variables being held constant, the Group’s profit before tax for the years/period would have been lower/higher by USD50,848, USD60,120, USD66,614, USD22,923 respectively as a result of the higher or lower interest expense on these borrowings.
3.2 Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.
- II-30 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
The Group manages the capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of issue new shares or obtain new bank borrowings.
The Group also monitors capital on the basis of the gearing ratio. This ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total capital. Net debt is calculated as both current and non-current borrowings from banks, borrowings from a director, and lease liabilities less cash and cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits. Total capital is calculated as “equity”, as shown in the consolidated statement of financial position, plus net debt.
The table below analyses the Group’s capital structure as at 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and 30 November 2023:
| Borrowings from banks Borrowings from a director Lease liabilities Less: cash and cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits Net debts Total equity Total capital Gearing ratio |
As at 31 July |
2023 USD 16,304,189 2,817,125 2,499,610 (9,368,821) 12,252,103 16,228,983 28,481,086 43.0% |
As at 30 November 2023 USD 13,161,157 2,817,125 2,258,699 (7,868,670) 10,368,311 17,768,697 28,137,008 36.8% |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 21,739,948 3,036,389 2,458,351 (7,558,108) 19,676,580 10,608,949 30,285,529 65.0% |
2022 USD 24,364,521 2,967,125 3,076,802 (9,871,982) 20,536,466 13,176,353 33,712,819 60.9% |
3.3 Fair value estimation
Financial instruments are measured in the consolidated statement of financial position at fair value, this requires disclosure of fair value measurements by three level of the following fair value measurement hierarchy.
-
Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1).
-
Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (level 2).
-
II-31 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
- Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (level 3).
The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets is based on quoted market prices at the reporting date. A market is regarded as active if quoted prices are readily and regularly available from an exchange, dealer, broker, industry group, pricing service, or regulatory agency, and those prices represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price. These instruments are included in level 1.
The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, over-thecounter derivatives) is determined by using valuation techniques. These valuation techniques maximise the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity-specific estimates. If all significant inputs required to estimate the fair value of an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in level 2.
If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in level 3.
The carrying amounts of the Group’s other current financial assets and the Group’s current financial liabilities approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. Non-current financial liabilities approximate their fair value as the interest rates approximately equal to market interest rates.
There was no transfer of financial assets and liabilities in the fair value hierarchy classifications for the years ended 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and for the four months ended 30 November 2023.
4 CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS
The preparation of the Historical Financial Information requires the use of accounting estimates which, by definition, will seldom equal the actual results. Management also needs to exercise judgement in applying the Group’s accounting policies.
Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated. They are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that may have a financial impact on the entity and that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.
(a) Going concern
The Historical Financial Information has been prepared on the going concern basis which assumes that the Group will continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future.
As at 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and 30 November 2023, the Group had accumulated losses of USD11,769,613, USD9,202,209, USD6,149,579 and USD4,609,865 respectively. As at those dates, the Group’s current liabilities exceeded its current assets by USD6,082,331, USD6,025,503, USD2,142,128 and USD2,019,413 respectively. The Board of Management has
- II-32 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
prudently assessed to develop the Group’s business plan and cash flow plan for the near future and provided solutions to maintain traditional market and to find new market for the purpose of increasing revenue and efficient cost management. The Board of Management believes the Group’s profitability from future business will generate sufficient working capital for the Group’s operations and the Company’s shareholders will continue to provide financial support to the Group.
Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.
(b) Impairment of non-financial assets
Non-financial assets including property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and right-of-use assets comprise a significant portion of the Group’s total assets. They are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The recoverable amounts have been determined based on fair value less costs of disposal or value-in-use calculations as appropriate. To determine the recoverable amount based on fair value less costs of disposal, the Group obtained quoted market prices when available or used independent appraisals. To determine the recoverable amount based on value-in-use calculations, the Group used cash flow projection discounted at an appropriate pre-tax discount rate. The pre-tax discount rate reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset, which requires significant judgement. The cash flow projection also requires the use of judgement and estimation regarding the financial forecasts prepared by the Board of Management with major assumptions. The Board of Management derives the required cash flow projection from historical results, internal business plans, the prevailing market conditions and the expected remaining useful lives of the relevant assets. Changes to major assumptions and estimation could affect the fair value less costs of disposal and value-in-use calculations and as a result affecting the Group’s reported financial condition and results of operations. If there is a significant adverse change in the projected performance and resulting future cash flow projections, it may be necessary to take an impairment charge to the consolidated statement of profit or loss.
(c) Useful lives of non-financial assets
Useful life is the period over which an asset is expected to be available for use. In assessing the useful lives of fixed assets and making appropriate depreciation, management considers their technical specifications, applicable local guidances, and past experiences for similar items.
(d) Net realisable value of inventories
Net realisable value of inventories is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs of completion and selling expenses. In assessing the net realisable value and making appropriate allowances, management considers their physical conditions, age, market conditions and market price for similar items. The Board of Management reassesses these estimates at the end of each reporting period.
- II-33 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
Provision is made, where necessary, for obsolete, slow-moving and defective inventory items. The difference between the provision of this period and the provision of the previous period is recognised as an increase or a decrease of cost of goods sold in the period.
(e) Corporate income tax
The corporate income tax charge for the year/period is based on estimated taxable income and is subject to review and possible adjustment by the tax authorities. Consequently, actual corporate income tax charges as a result of tax inspections might be different from the estimated amounts.
Deferred income tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differences and unused tax losses can be utilised. The financial forecasts prepared by management requires the use of judgement and estimation with major assumptions. The Board of Management derives the financial forecasts from historical results, internal business plans, the prevailing market conditions.
(f) Provision for severance allowance
The provision for severance allowance involves making various assumptions that may differ from actual developments in the future. These include the determination of future salary increases, expected working time, mortality rates, disability rates and the discount rate. Due to the complexities involved in the provision and its long-term nature, the provision is highly sensitive to changes in these assumptions. Key assumptions are reviewed at each reporting date.
5 REVENUE
(a) Disaggregation of revenue
| Recognised at a point in time: Plastic injection and moulding Assembling of electronic products Mould design, fabrication and repair |
For the year ended 31 July |
For the year ended 31 July |
2023 USD 25,401,354 31,416,691 2,446,765 59,264,810 |
For the four months ended 30 November |
For the four months ended 30 November |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 35,875,377 23,386,020 1,977,309 61,238,706 |
2022 USD 36,617,461 40,103,166 3,448,907 80,169,534 |
2022 USD (Unaudited) 9,884,902 12,084,622 1,147,095 23,116,619 |
2023 USD 6,230,111 9,279,968 491,457 |
||
| 16,001,536 |
Revenue from external customers contributing over 10% to the total revenue of the Group for the years ended 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and for the four months ended 30 November 2022 and 30 November 2023 is as follows:
- II-34 -
APPENDIX II
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
| **For the four months ** | ended 30 | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| **For ** | **the ** | year ended 31 July | November | ||||
| 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | |||
| USD | USD | USD | USD | USD | |||
| (Unaudited) | |||||||
| Customer | A | 20,401,289 | 35,607,467 | 27,515,931 | 10,820,229 | 7,612,319 | |
| Customer | B | 13,258,564 | 11,781,112 | 7,426,795 | 4,010,188 | 1,358,277 | |
| Customer | C | 12,799,489 | 17,233,565 | 10,398,448 | 2,951,271 | 3,334,699 |
(b) Contract liabilities
The following table shows the revenue recognised related to carried forward contract liabilities:
| Receipts in advance from customers | For the year ended 31 July 2021 2022 2023 USD USD USD – 3,833,753 3,370,396 |
For the four months ended 30 November |
|---|---|---|
| 2022 2023 USD USD (Unaudited) 2,248,726 266,715 |
Due to the short-term nature of the related revenue, all the contract liabilities balance at the year/ period end would be recognised into revenue in the next financial year. As permitted under IFRS 15, the transaction price allocated to these unsatisfied contracts is not disclosed.
- II-35 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
6 OTHER INCOME
| Other income Sales of scrap materials Sundry income (Note) |
**For the ** | year ended 31 July 2022 2023 USD USD – 1,894 70,414 27,049 70,414 28,943 |
For the four months ended 30 November |
For the four months ended 30 November |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 314 47,763 48,077 |
2022 USD – 70,414 70,414 |
2022 USD (Unaudited) – 3,450 3,450 |
2023 USD 1,371 415 |
|
| 1,786 |
Note: Sundry income is mainly the income from rendering of service for tool repairing, testing and sorting for customers.
7 OTHER GAINS, NET
| For the four months | For the four months | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| **For the ** | year ended 31 July | ended 30 November | |||
| 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2022 | 2023 | |
| USD | USD | USD | USD | USD | |
| (Unaudited) | |||||
| Net foreign exchange gains | 69,194 | 172,976 | 130,552 | 298,782 | 221,314 |
| (Loss)/gain on disposals of | |||||
| property, plant and equipment | |||||
| and right-of-use assets | (50) | 159,713 | – | – | 36,483 |
| Others | 9,119 | – | – | – | – |
| 78,263 | 332,689 | 130,552 | 298,782 | 257,797 |
- II-36 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
8 EXPENSES BY NATURE
The Group’s operating profit is arrived at after charging/(crediting) the following:
| Auditors’ remuneration – Audit services – Non audit services Legal and professional fees Costs of sale Depreciation on property, plant and equipment (Note 14(a)) Amortisation on intangible assets (Note 14(b)) Depreciation on right-of-use assets (Note 14(c)) Expenses relating to short-term leases Provision/(reversal of provision) for impairment of inventories (Note 15) Staff costs (Note 11) Commission fee to the ultimate holding company (Note 24(a)) Transportation costs to customers Utilities expenses Repair and maintenance expenses |
For the year ended 31 July |
For the year ended 31 July |
2023 USD 9,784 4,750 10,472 52,031,445 2,691,151 6,122 588,755 – (71,287) 8,855,374 256,115 2,634,620 1,450,337 1,461,166 |
For the four months ended 30 November |
For the four months ended 30 November |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 9,792 5,863 9,205 57,394,953 2,218,086 16,707 385,258 184,288 134,353 11,692,093 1,075,608 5,712,924 1,939,560 1,781,440 |
2022 USD 8,417 4,660 5,902 73,178,760 2,468,968 18,165 400,194 307,439 (66,293) 9,784,381 900,300 13,463,805 1,739,797 1,412,681 |
2022 USD (Unaudited) 3,000 – 6,825 20,592,861 857,531 2,738 196,850 – (76,581) 2,993,483 240,732 1,894,126 527,360 418,334 |
2023 USD 4,000 – 1,276 13,173,668 934,484 1,869 194,180 – 3,271 2,740,509 288,721 316,202 535,865 539,355 |
- II-37 -
APPENDIX II
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
9 FINANCE INCOME/(COSTS)
| Finance income Bank interest income Finance costs Interest expenses on borrowings from banks Interest expenses on borrowings from a director (Note 24(a)) Interest expenses on lease liabilities Interest expenses on payables Finance costs, net |
For the year ended 31 July |
For the year ended 31 July |
2023 USD 92,869 (1,332,277) (148,469) (269,694) (102,524) (1,852,964) (1,760,095) |
For the four months ended 30 November |
For the four months ended 30 November |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 21,050 (1,016,958) (150,546) (228,028) – (1,395,532) (1,374,482) |
2022 USD 56,347 (1,202,408) (155,329) (221,244) (93,400) (1,672,381) (1,616,034) |
2022 USD (Unaudited) 32,156 (458,456) (50,842) (94,410) (32,537) (636,245) (604,089) |
2023 USD 13,392 |
||
| (341,321 (48,333 (80,250 10,235 |
|||||
| (459,669 | |||||
| (446,277 |
- II-38 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
10 CORPORATE INCOME TAX
The corporate income tax on the Group’s accounting profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the applicable tax rate of 20% as follows:
| (Loss)/profit before tax Tax calculated at the applicable domestic tax rate of respective companies (20%) Effect of: Expenses not deductible for tax purposes Utilisation of tax losses for which no deferred income tax asset was recognised previously Tax losses for which no deferred tax was recognised Tax deduction Over provision in previous year Corporate income tax (credit)/expense Representing: Corporate income tax – current Corporate income tax – deferred (Note 17) Corporate income tax (credit)/expense |
For the year ended 31 July |
For the year ended 31 July |
2023 USD 3,463,007 692,601 12,021 (299,871) 41,626 – (36,000) 410,377 (36,000) 446,377 410,377 |
For the four months ended 30 November |
For the four months ended 30 November |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD (502,914) (100,583) 14,875 (415,439) – (4,411) – (505,558) 10,293 (515,851) (505,558) |
2022 USD 2,814,390 562,878 4,830 (320,722) – – – 246,986 75,604 171,382 246,986 |
2022 USD (Unaudited) 1,400,247 280,049 2,685 (74,880) 24,963 – (20,000) 212,817 (20,000) 232,817 212,817 |
2023 USD 1,720,149 |
||
| 344,030 3,553 (175,784 8,636 – – |
|||||
| 180,435 | |||||
| 66,075 114,360 |
|||||
| 180,435 |
- II-39 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
11 STAFF COSTS
| Salaries, wages and allowances Contribution to defined contribution scheme Increase/(decrease) in provision for severance allowance |
For the year ended 31 July |
For the year ended 31 July |
2023 USD 8,071,887 756,484 27,003 8,855,374 |
For the four months ended 30 November |
For the four months ended 30 November |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 10,795,305 846,557 50,231 11,692,093 |
2022 USD 9,221,514 735,241 (172,374) 9,784,381 |
2022 USD (Unaudited) 2,745,462 256,770 (8,749) 2,993,483 |
2023 USD 2,518,508 219,270 2,731 |
||
| 2,740,509 |
Staff costs include directors’ remuneration totaling USD335,333, USD338,672, USD339,210, USD113,168, USD113,377 for the years ended 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and for the four months ended 30 November 2022 and 30 November 2023 (Note 12).
Pursuant to the Law on Social Insurance and Unemployment Insurance in Vietnam, the Group is required to contribute to a state-sponsored employees’ social insurance and unemployment scheme for its employees in Vietnam. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognised as employee benefit expense when they are due.
- II-40 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
12 BENEFITS AND INTERESTS OF DIRECTORS
(a) Directors’ emoluments
| For the year ended 31 July 2021 For the year ended 31 July 2022 For the year ended 31 July 2023 For the four months ended 30 November 2022 (unaudited) For the four months ended 30 November 2023 |
Aggregate emoluments paid to or receivable by directors in respect of their services as directors, whether of the Company or its subsidiary undertakings USD 335,333 |
|---|---|
| 338,672 | |
| 339,210 | |
| 113,168 | |
| 113,377 |
(b) Directors’ retirement benefits
None of the directors received any retirement benefits during the years ended 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2022 and 30 November 2023.
(c) Directors’ termination benefits
None of the directors received any termination benefits during the years ended 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2022 and 30 November 2023.
(d) Consideration provided to third parties for making available directors’ services
During the years ended 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2022 and 30 November 2023, the Group did not pay consideration to any third parties for making available directors’ services.
- II-41 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
(e) Information about loans, quasi-loans and other dealings in favour of directors, controlled bodies corporate by and connected entities with such directors
During the years ended 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2022 and 30 November 2023, there were no loans, quasi-loans and other dealing arrangements in favour of the directors, or controlled body corporates and connected entities of such directors.
(f) Directors’ material interests in transactions, arrangements or contracts
During the years ended 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2022 and 30 November 2023, there were borrowing agreements between the Group and a director of the Company which could result in interest expense of the Group. Additional information for the borrowings from a director is disclosed in Note 24(c).
13 SUBSIDIARY
Details of the Company’s subsidiary are set out below.
| Effective | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| interest held as | ||||
| at 31 July | ||||
| Place of | 2021, 31 July | |||
| incorpora- | Particulars of | 2022, 31 July | ||
| tion and | issued and paid | 2023 and 30 | ||
| Name | operation | Principal activities | up capital | November 2023 |
| VS Technology | Bac Ning, | - Manufacturing and assembling electronic | USD1,100,000 | 100% |
| Co., Ltd | Vietnam | and mechanical products (switching | ||
| mechanisms, central control motors, | ||||
| control panels) | ||||
| - Production and assembly of metal products | ||||
| (steel racks, boxes, trays, pipes and | ||||
| product parts) | ||||
| - Producing and selling all kinds of power | ||||
| converters, household signal transmitters | ||||
| and product parts | ||||
| - Production of components and machinery | ||||
| made of plastic materials with high | ||||
| precision | ||||
| - Manufacturing, assembling and trading | ||||
| electronic products and plastic products |
- II-42 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
14 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS
The VS Industry Vietnam Group
For the year ended 31 July 2021
| Cost As at 1 August 2020 (unaudited) Additions Disposals As at 31 July 2021 Accumulated depreciation As at 1 August 2020 (unaudited) Charge for the year Disposals As at 31 July 2021 Net book value As at 1 August 2020 (unaudited) As at 31 July 2021 |
Buildings USD 9,172,731 1,169,706 – 10,342,437 2,709,593 341,394 – 3,050,987 6,463,138 7,291,450 |
Plant, moulds and machinery USD 22,217,732 6,783,968 (2,360,192) 26,641,508 17,000,544 1,849,293 (2,205,224) 16,644,613 5,217,188 9,996,895 |
Power generating machinery and equipment USD 498,010 – (385,168) 112,842 495,940 1,270 (384,675) 112,535 2,070 307 |
Office equipment, furniture and fixtures USD 28,714 – – 28,714 28,714 – – 28,714 – – |
Motor vehicles USD 207,881 80,153 (14,966) 273,068 141,575 26,129 (14,966) 152,738 66,306 120,330 |
Total USD 32,125,068 8,033,827 (2,760,326 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 37,398,569 | ||||||
| 20,376,366 2,218,086 (2,604,865 |
||||||
| 19,989,587 | ||||||
| 11,748,702 | ||||||
| 17,408,982 |
- II-43 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
For the year ended 31 July 2022
| Cost As at 1 August 2021 Additions Disposals As at 31 July 2022 Accumulated depreciation As at 1 August 2021 Charge for the year Disposals As at 31 July 2022 Net book value As at 1 August 2021 As at 31 July 2022 |
Buildings USD 10,342,437 84,450 – 10,426,887 3,050,987 384,649 – 3,435,636 7,291,450 6,991,251 |
Plant, moulds and machinery USD 26,641,508 2,691,327 (2,213,669) 27,119,166 16,644,613 2,071,528 (2,171,294) 16,544,847 9,996,895 10,574,319 |
Power generating machinery and equipment USD 112,842 – – 112,842 112,535 307 – 112,842 307 – |
Office equipment, furniture and fixtures USD 28,714 – – 28,714 28,714 – – 28,714 – – |
Motor vehicles USD 273,068 – – 273,068 152,738 12,484 – 165,222 120,330 107,846 |
Total USD 37,398,569 2,775,777 (2,213,669 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 37,960,677 | ||||||
| 19,989,587 2,468,968 (2,171,294 |
||||||
| 20,287,261 | ||||||
| 17,408,982 | ||||||
| 17,673,416 |
- II-44 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
For the year ended 31 July 2023
| Cost As at 1 August 2022 Additions As at 31 July 2023 Accumulated depreciation As at 1 August 2022 Charge for the year As at 31 July 2023 Net book value As at 1 August 2022 As at 31 July 2023 |
Buildings USD 10,426,887 342,568 10,769,455 3,435,636 499,960 3,935,596 6,991,251 6,833,859 |
Plant, moulds and machinery USD 27,119,166 2,127,856 29,247,022 16,544,847 2,179,812 18,724,659 10,574,319 10,522,363 |
Power generating machinery and equipment USD 112,842 – 112,842 112,842 – 112,842 – – |
Office equipment, furniture and fixtures USD 28,714 8,798 37,512 28,714 587 29,301 – 8,211 |
Motor vehicles USD 273,068 – 273,068 165,222 10,792 176,014 107,846 97,054 |
Total USD 37,960,677 2,479,222 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 40,439,899 | ||||||
| 20,287,261 2,691,151 |
||||||
| 22,978,412 | ||||||
| 17,673,416 | ||||||
| 17,461,487 |
- II-45 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
For the four months ended 30 November 2022
| Power | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| generating | Office | |||||
| Plant, | machinery | equipment, | ||||
| moulds and | and | furniture and | Motor | |||
| Buildings | machinery | equipment | fixtures | vehicles | Total | |
| USD | USD | USD | USD | USD | USD | |
| Cost | ||||||
| As at 1 August 2022 | 10,426,887 | 27,119,166 | 112,842 | 28,714 | 273,068 | 37,960,677 |
| Additions (unaudited) | – | 1,128,028 | – | – | – | 1,128,028 |
| As at 30 November 2022 | ||||||
| (unaudited) | 10,426,887 | 28,247,194 | 112,842 | 28,714 | 273,068 | 39,088,705 |
| Accumulated depreciation | ||||||
| As at 1 August 2022 | 3,435,636 | 16,544,847 | 112,842 | 28,714 | 165,222 | 20,287,261 |
| Charge for the period (unaudited) | 164,990 | 688,944 | – | – | 3,597 | 857,531 |
| As at 30 November 2022 | ||||||
| (unaudited) | 3,600,626 | 17,233,791 | 112,842 | 28,714 | 168,819 | 21,144,792 |
| Net book value | ||||||
| As at 1 August 2022 | 6,991,251 | 10,574,319 | – | – | 107,846 | 17,673,416 |
| As at 30 November 2022 | ||||||
| (unaudited) | 6,826,261 | 11,013,403 | – | – | 104,249 | 17,943,913 |
- II-46 -
APPENDIX II
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
For the four months ended 30 November 2023
| Power | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| generating | Office | |||||
| Plant, | machinery | equipment, | ||||
| moulds and | and | furniture and | Motor | |||
| Buildings | machinery | equipment | fixtures | vehicles | Total | |
| USD | USD | USD | USD | USD | USD | |
| Cost | ||||||
| As at 1 August 2023 | 10,769,455 | 29,247,022 | 112,842 | 37,512 | 273,068 | 40,439,899 |
| Additions | 843,891 | 2,500,786 | – | – | 164,401 | 3,509,078 |
| Disposals | – | (1,430,589) | – | – | – | (1,430,589) |
| As at 30 November 2023 | 11,613,346 | 30,317,219 | 112,842 | 37,512 | 437,469 | 42,518,388 |
| Accumulated depreciation | ||||||
| As at 1 August 2023 | 3,935,596 | 18,724,659 | 112,842 | 29,301 | 176,014 | 22,978,412 |
| Charge for the year | 141,475 | 785,260 | – | 587 | 7,162 | 934,484 |
| Disposals | – | (1,411,833) | – | – | – | (1,411,833) |
| As at 30 November 2023 | 4,077,071 | 18,098,086 | 112,842 | 29,888 | 183,176 | 22,501,063 |
| Net book value | ||||||
| As at 1 August 2023 | 6,833,859 | 10,522,363 | – | 8,211 | 97,054 | 17,461,487 |
| As at 30 November 2023 | 7,536,275 | 12,219,133 | – | 7,624 | 254,293 | 20,017,325 |
Certain property, plant and equipment were pledged with banks as collateral or mortgaged assets for borrowings granted to the Group (Note 20).
- II-47 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
Depreciation incurred during the year/period is attributable to the following:
| Cost of sales Administrative expenses |
For the year ended 31 July |
For the year ended 31 July |
2023 USD 2,580,384 110,767 2,691,151 |
For the four months ended 30 November |
For the four months ended 30 November |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 2,106,094 111,992 2,218,086 |
2022 USD 2,356,968 112,000 2,468,968 |
2022 USD (Unaudited) 820,609 36,922 857,531 |
2023 USD 892,424 42,060 |
||
| 934,484 |
VS Industry Vietnam
For the year ended 31 July 2021
| Cost As at 1 August 2020 (unaudited) Additions Disposals As at 31 July 2021 Accumulated depreciation As at 1 August 2020 (unaudited) Charge for the year Disposals As at 31 July 2021 Net book value As at 1 August 2020 (unaudited) As at 31 July 2021 |
Buildings USD 7,966,820 1,169,706 – 9,136,526 1,963,246 341,394 – 2,304,640 6,003,574 6,831,886 |
Plant, moulds and machinery USD 21,519,666 6,520,779 (2,360,192) 25,680,253 16,799,689 1,618,205 (2,205,224) 16,212,670 4,719,977 9,467,583 |
Power generating machinery and equipment USD 498,010 – (385,168) 112,842 495,940 1,270 (384,675) 112,535 2,070 307 |
Office equipment, furniture and fixtures USD 28,714 – – 28,714 28,714 – – 28,714 – – |
Motor vehicles USD 141,875 36,000 (14,966) 162,909 131,949 4,200 (14,966) 121,183 9,926 41,726 |
Total USD 30,155,085 7,726,485 (2,760,326 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 35,121,244 | ||||||
| 19,419,538 1,965,069 (2,604,865 |
||||||
| 18,779,742 | ||||||
| 10,735,547 | ||||||
| 16,341,502 |
- II-48 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
For the year ended 31 July 2022
| Cost As at 1 August 2021 Additions Disposals As at 31 July 2022 Accumulated depreciation As at 1 August 2021 Charge for the year Disposals As at 31 July 2022 Net book value As at 1 August 2021 As at 31 July 2022 |
Buildings USD 9,136,526 84,450 – 9,220,976 2,304,640 384,649 – 2,689,289 6,831,886 6,531,687 |
Plant, moulds and machinery USD 25,680,253 2,691,327 (2,213,669) 26,157,911 16,212,670 1,796,841 (2,171,294) 15,838,217 9,467,583 10,319,694 |
Power generating machinery and equipment USD 112,842 – – 112,842 112,535 307 – 112,842 307 – |
Office equipment, furniture and fixtures USD 28,714 – – 28,714 28,714 – – 28,714 – – |
Motor vehicles USD 162,909 – – 162,909 121,183 12,484 – 133,667 41,726 29,242 |
Total USD 35,121,244 2,775,777 (2,213,669 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 35,683,352 | ||||||
| 18,779,742 2,194,281 (2,171,294 |
||||||
| 18,802,729 | ||||||
| 16,341,502 | ||||||
| 16,880,623 |
- II-49 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
For the year ended 31 July 2023
| Cost As at 1 August 2022 Additions As at 31 July 2023 Accumulated depreciation As at 1 August 2022 Charge for the year As at 31 July 2023 Net book value As at 1 August 2022 As at 31 July 2023 |
Buildings USD 9,220,976 342,568 9,563,544 2,689,289 499,960 3,189,249 6,531,687 6,374,295 |
Plant, moulds and machinery USD 26,157,911 2,127,856 28,285,767 15,838,217 1,918,638 17,756,855 10,319,694 10,528,912 |
Power generating machinery and equipment USD 112,842 – 112,842 112,842 – 112,842 – – |
Office equipment, furniture and fixtures USD 28,714 8,798 37,512 28,714 587 29,301 – 8,211 |
Motor vehicles USD 162,909 – 162,909 133,667 10,792 144,459 29,242 18,450 |
Total USD 35,683,352 2,479,222 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 38,162,574 | ||||||
| 18,802,729 2,429,977 |
||||||
| 21,232,706 | ||||||
| 16,880,623 | ||||||
| 16,929,868 |
- II-50 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
For the four months ended 30 November 2022
| Power | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| generating | Office | |||||
| Plant, | machinery | equipment, | ||||
| moulds and | and | furniture and | Motor | |||
| Buildings | machinery | equipment | fixtures | vehicles | Total | |
| USD | USD | USD | USD | USD | USD | |
| Cost | ||||||
| As at 1 August 2022 | 9,220,976 | 26,157,911 | 112,842 | 28,714 | 162,909 | 35,683,352 |
| Additions (unaudited) | – | 1,128,028 | – | – | – | 1,128,028 |
| As at 30 November 2022 | ||||||
| (unaudited) | 9,220,976 | 27,285,939 | 112,842 | 28,714 | 162,909 | 36,811,380 |
| Accumulated depreciation | ||||||
| As at 1 August 2022 | 2,689,289 | 15,838,217 | 112,842 | 28,714 | 133,667 | 18,802,729 |
| Charge for the period (unaudited) | 164,990 | 600,703 | – | – | 3,597 | 769,290 |
| As at 30 November 2022 | ||||||
| (unaudited) | 2,854,279 | 16,438,920 | 112,842 | 28,714 | 137,264 | 19,572,019 |
| Net book value | ||||||
| As at 1 August 2022 | 6,531,687 | 10,319,694 | – | – | 29,242 | 16,880,623 |
| As at 30 November 2022 | ||||||
| (unaudited) | 6,366,697 | 10,152,653 | – | – | 25,645 | 17,239,361 |
- II-51 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
For the four months ended 30 November 2023
| Power | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| generating | Office | |||||
| Plant, | machinery | equipment, | ||||
| moulds and | and | furniture and | Motor | |||
| Buildings | machinery | equipment | fixtures | vehicles | Total | |
| USD | USD | USD | USD | USD | USD | |
| Cost | ||||||
| As at 1 August 2023 | 9,563,544 | 28,285,767 | 112,842 | 37,512 | 162,909 | 38,162,574 |
| Additions | 843,891 | 2,500,786 | – | – | – | 3,344,677 |
| Disposals | – | (1,430,589) | – | – | – | (1,430,589) |
| As at 30 November 2023 | 10,407,435 | 29,355,964 | 112,842 | 37,512 | 162,909 | 40,076,662 |
| Accumulated depreciation | ||||||
| As at 1 August 2023 | 3,189,249 | 17,756,855 | 112,842 | 29,301 | 144,459 | 21,232,706 |
| Charge for the period | 141,475 | 698,154 | – | 587 | 2,024 | 842,240 |
| Disposals | (1,411,833) | – | – | – | (1,411,833) | |
| As at 30 November 2023 | 3,330,724 | 17,043,176 | 112,842 | 29,888 | 146,483 | 20,663,113 |
| Net book value | ||||||
| As at 1 August 2023 | 6,374,295 | 10,528,912 | – | 8,211 | 18,450 | 16,929,868 |
| As at 30 November 2023 | 7,076,711 | 12,312,788 | – | 7,624 | 16,426 | 19,413,549 |
- II-52 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
(b) Intangible assets
The VS Industry Vietnam Group
For the year ended 31 July 2021
| Cost As at 1 August 2020 (unaudited) Additions As at 31 July 2021 Accumulated amortisation As at 1 August 2020 (unaudited) Charge for the year As at 31 July 2021 Net book value As at 1 August 2020 (unaudited) As at 31 July 2021 |
Software USD 176,320 20,632 196,952 138,922 16,707 155,629 37,398 41,323 |
Trademark USD 4,219 – 4,219 4,219 – 4,219 – – |
Total USD 180,539 20,632 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 201,171 | |||
| 143,141 16,707 |
|||
| 159,848 | |||
| 37,398 | |||
| 41,323 |
- II-53 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
For the year ended 31 July 2022
| Cost As at 1 August 2021 Additions As at 31 July 2022 Accumulated amortisation As at 1 August 2021 Charge for the year As at 31 July 2022 Net book value As at 1 August 2021 As at 31 July 2022 For the year ended 31 July 2023 Cost As at 1 August 2022 and 31 July 2023 Accumulated amortisation As at 1 August 2022 Charge for the year As at 31 July 2023 Net book value As at 1 August 2022 As at 31 July 2023 |
Software USD 196,952 11,042 207,994 155,629 18,165 173,794 41,323 34,200 Software USD 207,994 173,794 6,122 179,916 34,200 28,078 |
Trademark USD 4,219 – 4,219 4,219 – 4,219 – – Trademark USD 4,219 4,219 – 4,219 – – |
Total USD 201,171 11,042 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 212,213 | |||
| 159,848 18,165 |
|||
| 178,013 | |||
| 41,323 | |||
| 34,200 | |||
| Total USD 212,213 |
|||
| 178,013 6,122 |
|||
| 184,135 | |||
| 34,200 | |||
| 28,078 |
- II-54 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
For the four months ended 30 November 2022
| Cost As at 1 August 2022 and 30 November 2022 (unaudited) Accumulated amortisation As at 1 August 2022 Charge for the period (unaudited) As at 30 November 2022 (unaudited) Net book value As at 1 August 2022 As at 30 November 2022 (unaudited) For the four months ended 30 November 2023 Cost As at 1 August 2023 Additions As at 30 November 2023 Accumulated amortisation As at 1 August 2023 Charge for the period As at 30 November 2023 Net book value As at 1 August 2023 As at 30 November 2023 |
Software USD 207,994 173,794 2,738 176,532 34,200 31,462 Software USD 207,994 4,253 212,247 179,916 1,869 181,785 28,078 30,462 |
Trademark USD 4,219 4,219 – 4,219 – – Trademark USD 4,219 – 4,219 4,219 – 4,219 – – |
Total USD 212,213 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 178,013 2,738 |
|||
| 180,751 | |||
| 34,200 | |||
| 31,462 | |||
| Total USD 212,213 4,253 |
|||
| 216,466 | |||
| 184,135 1,869 |
|||
| 186,004 | |||
| 28,078 | |||
| 30,462 |
- II-55 -
APPENDIX II
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
Amortisation incurred during the year/period is attributable to the following:
| Cost of sales Administrative expenses |
**For ** | the year ended 31 July 2022 2023 USD USD 16,953 4,910 1,212 1,212 18,165 6,122 |
For the four months ended 30 November |
For the four months ended 30 November |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 16,301 406 16,707 |
2022 USD 16,953 1,212 18,165 |
2022 USD (Unaudited) 2,334 404 2,738 |
2023 USD 1,465 404 |
|
| 1,869 |
VS Industry Vietnam
For the year ended 31 July 2021
| Cost As at 1 August 2020 (unaudited) Additions As at 31 July 2021 Accumulated amortisation As at 1 August 2020 (unaudited) Charge for the year As at 31 July 2021 Net book value As at 1 August 2020 (unaudited) As at 31 July 2021 |
Software USD 66,827 20,632 87,459 56,947 2,766 59,713 9,880 27,746 |
Trademark USD 4,219 – 4,219 4,219 – 4,219 – – |
Total USD 71,046 20,632 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 91,678 | |||
| 61,166 2,766 |
|||
| 63,932 | |||
| 9,880 | |||
| 27,746 |
- II-56 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
For the year ended 31 July 2022
| Cost As at 1 August 2021 Additions As at 31 July 2022 Accumulated amortisation As at 1 August 2021 Charge for the year As at 31 July 2022 Net book value As at 1 August 2021 As at 31 July 2022 For the year ended 31 July 2023 Cost As at 1 August 2022 and 31 July 2023 Accumulated amortisation As at 1 August 2022 Charge for the year As at 31 July 2023 Net book value As at 1 August 2022 As at 31 July 2023 |
Software USD 87,459 11,042 98,501 59,713 18,165 77,878 27,746 20,623 Software USD 98,501 77,878 4,706 82,584 20,623 15,917 |
Trademark USD 4,219 – 4,219 4,219 – 4,219 – – Trademark USD 4,219 4,219 – 4,219 – – |
Total USD 91,678 11,042 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 102,720 | |||
| 63,932 18,165 |
|||
| 82,097 | |||
| 27,746 | |||
| 20,623 | |||
| Total USD 102,720 |
|||
| 82,097 4,706 |
|||
| 86,803 | |||
| 20,623 | |||
| 15,917 |
- II-57 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
For the four months ended 30 November 2022
| Cost As at 1 August 2022 and 30 November 2022 (unaudited) Accumulated amortisation As at 1 August 2022 Charge for the period (unaudited) As at 30 November 2022 (unaudited) Net book value As at 1 August 2022 As at 30 November 2022 (unaudited) For the four months ended 30 November 2023 Cost As at 1 August 2023 Additions As at 30 November 2023 Accumulated amortisation As at 1 August 2023 Charge for the period As at 30 November 2023 Net book value As at 1 August 2023 As at 30 November 2023 |
Software USD 98,501 77,878 2,738 80,616 20,623 17,885 Software USD 98,501 4,253 102,754 82,584 1,869 84,453 15,917 18,301 |
Trademark USD 4,219 4,219 – 4,219 – – Trademark USD 4,219 – 4,219 4,219 – 4,219 – – |
Total USD 102,720 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 82,097 2,738 |
|||
| 84,835 | |||
| 20,623 | |||
| 17,885 | |||
| Total USD 102,720 4,253 |
|||
| 106,973 | |||
| 86,803 1,869 |
|||
| 88,672 | |||
| 15,917 | |||
| 18,301 |
- II-58 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
(c) Right-of-use assets
The VS Industry Vietnam Group and VS Industry Vietnam
| As at 31 July | As at 30 November 2023 2023 USD USD 412,354 406,268 1,931,722 1,774,973 744,660 713,315 3,088,736 2,894,556 For the four months ended 30 November |
As at 30 November 2023 USD 406,268 1,774,973 713,315 |
As at 30 November 2023 USD 406,268 1,774,973 713,315 |
|||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 2022 USD USD 448,868 430,611 1,645,780 2,408,309 932,896 838,571 3,027,544 3,677,491 For the year ended 31 July |
||||||
| 2,894,556 | ||||||
| **For the ** | ||||||
| 2023 USD 6,086 156,813 31,281 |
Additions to the right-of-use assets during the years ended 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2022 and 30 November 2023 were USD615,716, USD1,050,141, nil, nil, and nil, respectively.
For the years ended 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2022 and 30 November 2023, depreciation of right-of-use assets was included in cost of sales.
The land use rights were pledged with banks as collateral or mortgaged assets for borrowings granted to the Group (Note 20).
- II-59 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
15 INVENTORIES
The VS Industry Vietnam Group
| As at | As at | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 31 July | 30 November | |||
| 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2023 | |
| USD | USD | USD | USD | |
| Goods in transit | 1,842,627 | 723,927 | 777,973 | 503,037 |
| Raw materials | 5,179,131 | 7,645,701 | 4,570,690 | 5,411,855 |
| Work-in-progress | 3,375,554 | 2,871,442 | 1,231,452 | 1,514,401 |
| Finished goods | 6,942,949 | 5,232,338 | 1,795,184 | 2,607,791 |
| Inventories – gross | 17,340,261 | 16,473,408 | 8,375,299 | 10,037,084 |
| Provision for impairment | (186,210) | (119,917) | (48,630) | (51,901) |
| Inventories – net | 17,154,051 | 16,353,491 | 8,326,669 | 9,985,183 |
VS Industry Vietnam
| As at | As at | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 31 July | 30 November | |||
| 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2023 | |
| USD | USD | USD | USD | |
| Goods in transit | 1,842,627 | 723,257 | 777,303 | 502,367 |
| Raw materials | 5,055,182 | 7,607,078 | 4,530,884 | 5,367,360 |
| Work-in-progress | 1,314,995 | 1,281,649 | 960,537 | 1,309,772 |
| Finished goods | 6,944,104 | 5,243,461 | 1,742,089 | 2,340,017 |
| Inventories – gross | 15,156,908 | 14,855,445 | 8,010,813 | 9,519,516 |
| Provision for impairment | (186,210) | (119,917) | (48,630) | (51,901) |
| Inventories – net | 14,970,698 | 14,735,528 | 7,962,183 | 9,467,615 |
Certain inventories were pledged with banks as collateral or mortgaged assets for borrowings granted to the Group (Note 20).
Provision for/(reversal of) impairment for inventories was recognised as an income/expense and included in ‘cost of sales’.
- II-60 -
APPENDIX II
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
Movements in the Group’s provision for impairment of inventories are as follows:
| Beginning of the year/ period Provision/(reversal of provision) for impairment for the year/period End of the year/period |
**For ** | the year ended 31 July 2022 2023 USD USD 186,210 119,917 (66,293) (71,287) 119,917 48,630 |
For the four months ended 30 November |
For the four months ended 30 November |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 51,857 134,353 186,210 |
2022 USD 186,210 (66,293) 119,917 |
2022 USD (Unaudited) 119,917 (76,581) 43,336 |
2023 USD 48,630 3,271 |
|
| 51,901 |
16 TRADE RECEIVABLES, PREPAYMENTS, DEPOSITS AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
The VS Industry Vietnam Group
| Trade receivables Less: Loss allowance Trade receivables – net Prepayments, deposits and other receivables Total trade receivables, prepayments, deposits and other receivables Less: non-current portion Current portion |
As at 31 July |
2023 USD 6,062,128 – 6,062,128 2,187,019 8,249,147 (1,268,302) 6,980,845 |
As at 30 November 2023 USD 5,639,067 – |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 7,859,449 (34,043) 7,825,406 1,973,503 9,798,909 (780,601) 9,018,308 |
2022 USD 9,514,233 – 9,514,233 2,680,863 12,195,096 (1,345,675) 10,849,421 |
|||
| 5,639,067 1,332,256 |
||||
| 6,971,323 (527,390 |
||||
| 6,443,933 |
- II-61 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
VS Industry Vietnam
| Trade receivables Less: Loss allowance Trade receivables – net Prepayments, deposits and other receivables Total trade receivables, prepayments, deposits and other receivables Less: non-current portion Current portion |
As at 31 July |
2023 USD 6,062,128 – 6,062,128 2,151,254 8,213,382 (1,268,302) 6,945,080 |
As at 30 November 2023 USD 5,639,067 – 5,639,067 1,330,234 6,969,301 (527,390) 6,441,911 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 7,859,449 (34,043) 7,825,406 1,933,236 9,758,642 (780,601) 8,978,041 |
2022 USD 9,514,233 – 9,514,233 2,663,502 12,177,735 (1,345,675) 10,832,060 |
Prepayments, deposits and other receivables primarily included prepayments to purchase of property, plant and equipment, raw materials and services and advances to employees.
- II-62 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
The Group’s trading terms with its customers are mainly on credit. The credit period is generally for 60 days. The Group seeks to maintain strict control over its outstanding receivables to minimise credit risk. Overdue balances are reviewed regularly by senior management.
Certain trade receivables were pledged with banks as collateral or mortgaged assets for borrowings granted to the Group (Note 20).
The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying amounts of each class of receivables mentioned above.
The aging analysis of the Group’s trade receivables by invoice date is as follows:
| Up to 3 months 3 to 6 months Over 6 months |
As at 31 July |
2023 USD 5,710,597 319,786 31,745 6,062,128 |
As at 30 November 2023 USD 5,402,386 236,681 – |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 7,652,142 141,759 65,548 7,859,449 |
2022 USD 9,179,640 329,803 4,790 9,514,233 |
|||
| 5,639,067 |
The carrying amounts of the trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:
| As at | As at | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 31 July | 30 November | |||
| 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2023 | |
| USD | USD | USD | USD | |
| USD | 9,607,190 | 11,913,353 | 7,950,283 | 6,883,981 |
| VND | 191,719 | 281,743 | 298,864 | 87,342 |
| 9,798,909 | 12,195,096 | 8,249,147 | 6,971,323 |
- II-63 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
17 DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
The VS Industry Vietnam Group and VS Industry Vietnam
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes relate to the same taxation authority and same taxable unit. The details were as follows:
| As at | As at | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 31 July | 30 November | |||
| 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2023 | |
| USD | USD | USD | USD | |
| Deferred income tax assets: | 2,906,706 | 2,668,055 | 1,318,941 | 1,185,959 |
| Deferred income tax | ||||
| liabilities: | (1,369,231) | (1,301,962) | (399,225) | (380,603) |
| 1,537,475 | 1,366,093 | 919,716 | 805,356 |
Movements in the deferred income tax, taking into consideration the offsetting of balances within the same tax jurisdiction were as follows:
| Beginning of the year/period Credited/(charged) to profit or loss (Note 10) End of the year/period |
For the year ended 31 July 2021 2022 2023 USD USD USD 1,021,624 1,537,475 1,366,093 515,851 (171,382) (446,377) 1,537,475 1,366,093 919,716 |
For the year ended 31 July 2021 2022 2023 USD USD USD 1,021,624 1,537,475 1,366,093 515,851 (171,382) (446,377) 1,537,475 1,366,093 919,716 |
For the four months ended 30 November 2022 2023 USD USD (Unaudited) 1,366,093 919,716 (232,817) (114,360) 1,133,276 805,356 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 1,021,624 515,851 1,537,475 |
2022 USD 1,537,475 (171,382) 1,366,093 |
2022 USD (Unaudited) 1,366,093 (232,817) 1,133,276 |
- II-64 -
APPENDIX II
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
| At 1 August 2020 (unaudited) Credited/(charged) to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income At 31 July 2021 (Charged)/credited to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income At 31 July 2022 (Charged)/credited to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income At 31 July 2023 At 1 August 2022 (unaudited) (Charged)/credited to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (unaudited) At 30 November 2022 (unaudited) At 1 August 2023 (Charged)/credited to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income At 30 November 2023 |
Profits from of sales of goods USD – 325,236 325,236 (114,985) 210,251 (192,199) 18,052 210,251 (195,047) 15,204 18,052 (15,527) 2,525 |
Tools and supplies, repairs and maintenance expenses USD 870,976 39,531 910,507 (136,477) 774,030 (409,091) 364,939 774,030 (33,514) 740,516 364,939 (103,805) 261,134 |
Lease liabilities USD 410,541 (4,965) 405,576 148,823 554,399 (68,419) 485,980 554,399 (65,546) 488,853 485,980 (63,104) 422,876 |
Provision for severance allowance USD 96,284 9,084 105,368 (36,153) 69,215 3,916 73,131 69,215 (2,330) 66,885 73,131 260 73,391 |
Accrual for sales rebates USD – 81,094 81,094 115,515 196,609 125,178 321,787 196,609 42,227 238,836 321,787 39,447 361,234 |
Right of use assets USD (366,548) 37,344 (329,204) (152,564) (481,768) 95,218 (386,550) (481,768) 31,845 (449,923) (386,550) 31,335 (355,215) |
Others USD 10,371 28,527 38,898 4,459 43,357 (980) 42,377 43,357 (10,452) 32,905 42,377 (2,966) 39,411 |
Total USD 1,021,624 515,851 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1,537,475 | ||||||||
| (171,382 | ||||||||
| 1,366,093 | ||||||||
| (446,377 | ||||||||
| 919,716 | ||||||||
| 1,366,093 (232,817 |
||||||||
| 1,133,276 | ||||||||
| 919,716 (114,360 |
||||||||
| 805,356 |
Deferred income tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised.
The Group’s tax losses can be carried forward to offset against future taxable profits for a maximum period of no more than five (5) consecutive years from the year right after the year in which the loss was incurred. The actual amount of tax losses that can be carried forward is subject to review and approval of the tax authorities and may be different from the figures presented in financial statements.
The Group did not recognise deferred income tax assets of USD2,606,561, USD1,939,435, USD1,268,797, USD217,409 and USD50,261 as at 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and 30 November 2023 in respect of tax losses amounting to USD9,697,175, USD6,343,983,
- II-65 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
USD1,087,046 and USD251,307 respectively, due to the unpredictability of future profit streams. The tax losses can be carried forward against future taxable income, which was expired after 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2022 with the amount of USD1,749,582 and USD3,965,709 respectively.
18 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND SHORT-TERM BANK DEPOSITS
The VS Industry Vietnam Group
| As at | As at | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 31 July | 30 November | ||||
| 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2023 | ||
| USD | USD | USD | USD | ||
| Cash at banks and cash on | |||||
| hand | 4,294,987 | 5,585,125 | 6,097,173 | 4,325,258 | |
| Cash equivalents (Note (a)) | 7,140 | 7,110 | 558,452 | 549,931 | |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 4,302,127 | 5,592,235 | 6,655,625 | 4,875,189 | |
| Short-term bank deposits | |||||
| (Note (b)) | 3,255,981 | 4,279,747 | 2,713,196 | 2,993,481 | |
| VS Industry Vietnam | |||||
| As at | As at | ||||
| 31 July | 30 November | ||||
| 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2023 | ||
| USD | USD | USD | USD | ||
| Cash at banks and cash on | |||||
| hand | 4,119,060 | 5,349,232 | 5,907,928 | 4,213,615 | |
| Cash equivalents (Note (a)) | 7,140 | 7,110 | 558,452 | 549,931 | |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 4,126,200 | 5,356,342 | 6,466,380 | 4,763,546 | |
| Short-term bank deposits | |||||
| (Note (b)) | 3,255,981 | 4,279,747 | 2,713,196 | 2,993,481 |
- II-66 -
APPENDIX II
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
-
(a) Cash equivalents mainly represent bank deposits with original maturity of 3 months or less. Interest rates range from 1% to 3.5% per annum as at 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and 30 November 2023.
-
(b) Short-term bank deposits mainly represent bank deposits with original maturity of more than 3 months and remaining term of less than 12 months. The balance included certain non-interesting bearing deposits amounting to USD1,350,508, USD1,350,508, USD1,500,508 and USD1,800,508 as at 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and 30 November 2023 which were pledged for certain loan facilities. Apart from the non-interesting bearing deposits, the interest rates of the remaining short-term deposits range from 1.6% to 6.0%, 1.1% to 5.3%, 5.2% to 8.4%, 3.5% to 8.4% per annum as at 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and 30 November 2023.
-
The balance included certain non-interest bearing deposits amounted to USD100,000, USD100,000, USD1,500,000 and USD1,800,000 as at 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and 30 November 2023 which were pledged for certain loan facilities.
Certain short-term bank deposits were pledged with banks as collateral or mortgaged assets for borrowings granted to the Group (Note 20). Certain short-term bank deposits were used to guarantee for the electricity contract signed with North Power Joint Stock Company and Area 1 Electrical Power Joint Stock Company.
The carrying amounts of the cash and cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits are denominated in the following currencies:
| USD VND |
As at 31 July |
2023 USD 7,108,845 2,259,976 9,368,821 |
As at 30 November 2023 USD 5,922,228 1,946,442 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 5,273,198 2,284,910 7,558,108 |
2022 USD 6,790,739 3,081,243 9,871,982 |
|||
| 7,868,670 |
- II-67 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
19 CONTRACT LIABILITIES, TRADE PAYABLES, OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUALS
The VS Industry Vietnam Group
| Trade payables Payables for purchase of property, plant and equipment Accrual for sales rebates Accrued expenses and other payables (Note (a)) Contract liabilities (Note (b)) Provision for severance allowance Less: non-current portion – Payables for purchase of property, plant and equipment – Provision for severance allowance Current portion |
As at 31 July |
2023 USD 5,226,261 376,264 1,608,938 885,688 607,996 365,657 9,070,804 – (365,657) (365,657) 8,705,147 |
As at 30 November 2023 USD 5,605,467 2,689,870 1,806,170 989,016 591,627 366,956 12,049,106 (770,766) (366,956) (1,137,722) 10,911,384 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 10,258,008 1,106,198 405,468 1,827,682 3,833,753 526,838 17,957,947 – (526,838) (526,838) 17,431,109 |
2022 USD 8,779,995 1,990,805 983,048 1,277,828 3,370,396 346,074 16,748,146 – (346,074) (346,074) 16,402,072 |
- II-68 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
VS Industry Vietnam
| Trade payables Payables for purchase of property, plant and equipment Accrual for sales rebates Accrued expenses and other payables Contract liabilities Provision for severance allowance Less: non-current portion – Payables for purchase of property, plant and equipment – Provision for severance allowance Current portion |
As at 31 July |
2023 USD 5,159,143 376,264 1,608,938 794,215 607,996 365,657 8,912,213 – (365,657) (365,657) 8,546,556 |
As at 30 November 2023 USD 5,548,623 2,689,870 1,806,170 890,470 591,627 366,956 11,893,716 (770,766) (366,956) (1,137,722) 10,755,994 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 9,094,699 1,106,198 405,468 1,719,891 3,833,753 526,838 16,686,847 – (526,838) (526,838) 16,160,009 |
2022 USD 8,162,522 1,990,805 983,048 1,177,179 3,370,396 346,074 16,030,024 – (346,074) (346,074) 15,683,950 |
Notes:
(a) The accrued expenses and other payables primarily include salaries and bonuses to employees and transportation costs.
-
(b) Contract liabilities are receipts in advance from customers.
-
II-69 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
The aging analysis of trade payables based on invoice date is as follows:
| Less than 1 month 1 to 3 months More than 3 months |
As at 31 July |
2023 USD 2,573,536 2,519,163 133,562 5,226,261 |
As at 30 November 2023 USD 4,144,885 1,413,940 46,642 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 4,250,575 5,523,731 483,702 10,258,008 |
2022 USD 4,426,838 2,443,983 1,909,174 8,779,995 |
|||
| 5,605,467 |
The carrying amounts of the trade and other payables are denominated in the following currencies:
| As at | As at | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 31 July | 30 November | |||
| 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2023 | |
| USD | USD | USD | USD | |
| USD | 13,955,947 | 13,423,385 | 6,557,178 | 9,054,825 |
| VND | 4,002,000 | 3,324,761 | 2,513,626 | 2,994,281 |
| 17,957,947 | 16,748,146 | 9,070,804 | 12,049,106 |
20 BORROWINGS FROM BANKS
The VS Industry Vietnam Group
| Current – secured Non-current – secured Total borrowings |
As at 31 July |
2023 USD 16,297,313 6,876 16,304,189 |
As at 30 November 2023 USD 13,060,254 100,903 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 20,322,844 1,417,104 21,739,948 |
2022 USD 24,303,371 61,150 24,364,521 |
|||
| 13,161,157 |
- II-70 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
VS Industry Vietnam
| Current Non-current Total borrowings |
As at 31 July |
2023 USD 16,080,659 7,211 16,087,870 |
As at 30 November 2023 USD 12,842,913 13,378 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 19,702,711 1,280,307 20,983,018 |
2022 USD 23,700,461 15,390 23,715,851 |
|||
| 12,856,291 |
Short-term borrowings have the original maturity of 12 months from their drawdown dates. Longterm borrowings have the original maturity from 36 months to 60 months from their drawdown dates.
The carrying amounts of the borrowings are denominated in the following currencies:
| As at | As at | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 31 July | 30 November | |||
| 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2023 | |
| USD | USD | USD | USD | |
| USD | 20,685,448 | 23,558,734 | 16,130,047 | 12,884,409 |
| VND | 1,054,500 | 805,787 | 174,142 | 276,748 |
| 21,739,948 | 24,364,521 | 16,304,189 | 13,161,157 |
Assets pledged as security
In addition, the borrowings were also guaranteed by guarantee letter for the value of USD12,000,000 from Mr. Beh Kim Ling and Mr. Beh Kim Siea as at 31 July 2021 and USD20,000,000 from Mr. Beh Kim Ling as at 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and 30 November 2023.
- II-71 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
| Current Inventories Trade receivables Short-term bank deposits Total current assets pledged as security Non-current Property, plant and equipment Right-of-use assets Total non-current assets pledged as security Total assets pledged as security |
As at 31 July |
2023 USD 8,326,669 6,062,128 2,560,389 16,949,186 14,775,055 412,352 15,187,407 32,136,593 |
As at 30 November 2023 USD 9,985,183 5,639,067 1,972,536 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD – 3,509,981 2,866,091 6,376,072 13,031,625 448,867 13,480,492 19,856,564 |
2022 USD 16,353,491 6,715,234 3,364,307 26,433,032 14,322,409 430,610 14,753,019 41,186,051 |
|||
| 17,596,786 | ||||
| 13,437,835 406,267 |
||||
| 13,844,102 | ||||
| 31,440,888 |
21 LEASE LIABILITIES
The VS Industry Vietnam Group and VS Industry Vietnam
| Current Non-current Total lease liabilities |
As at 31 July |
2023 USD 730,969 1,768,641 2,499,610 |
As at 30 November 2023 USD 708,936 1,549,763 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 468,626 1,989,725 2,458,351 |
2022 USD 690,721 2,386,081 3,076,802 |
|||
| 2,258,699 |
The Group leases warehouses, machinery and apartments.
- II-72 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
For the years ended 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2022 and 30 November 2023, the total cash outflows for leases were USD862,026. USD956,661, USD837,840, USD270,920 and USD278,811.
Lease contracts are secured by deposits to lessors. Deposits pledged as security as at 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and 30 November 2023 were USD33,894, USD75,004, USD75,004 and USD75,004, respectively.
| 2021 USD Minimum lease payments – Within one year 557,892 – From one year to five years 2,076,034 – Later than five years 731,285 Total undiscounted lease liabilities 3,365,211 Less: total future interest expenses (906,860) Present value of lease liabilities 2,458,351 22 SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARE PREMIUM Authorised ordinary shares Number of shares registered |
As at 31 July |
As at 30 November 2023 2023 USD USD 821,486 790,004 2,291,357 1,997,580 – – 3,112,843 2,787,584 (613,233) (528,885) 2,499,610 2,258,699 As at 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022 and 31 July 2023 and 30 November 2023 42,414,089 |
|
|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 USD 830,264 2,833,257 310,191 3,973,712 (896,910) 3,076,802 |
- II-73 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
Issued and fully paid ordinary shares
| As at 1 August 2020 (unaudited) New shares issued (Note) As at 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022 and 31 July 2023 and 30 November 2023 |
Number of shares 32,696,910 9,320,000 42,016,910 |
Ordinary shares USD 17,291,213 4,000,000 |
|---|---|---|
| 21,291,213 |
Par value per share: VND10,000 (equivalent to approximately USD0.5).
The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company. All ordinary shares rank equally with regard to the Company’s residual assets.
Note: In August 2020, the amount due to B&E Holding Limited of USD4,000,000 for purchase of property, plant and equipment was converted to capital contribution of USD4,000,000 from B&E Holding Limited and 9,320,000 new shares were issued to B&E Holding Limited.
During the year ended 31 July 2012, the Group repurchased 397,179 shares with the amount of USD237,388 from employees and such repurchased shares have not been cancelled as of 30 November 2023.
23 DIVIDENDS
No dividend has been paid or declared by the Company and its subsidiary for the years ended 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2022 and 30 November 2023
24 RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES
For the purposes of the Historical Financial Information, parties are considered to be related to the Group if the parties have the ability, directly or indirectly, to exercise significant influence over the Group in making financial and operating decisions. Related parties may be individuals (being members of key management personnel, significant shareholders and/or their close family members) or entities and include entities which are under the significant influence of related parties of the Group where those parties are individuals. Parties are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control.
- II-74 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
Details of the key related parties and relationship are set out below:
Related parties Relationship Beh Kim Siea Controlling shareholder of the ultimate holding company B&E Holding Limited Ultimate holding company V.S. Industry (ZhuHai) Co., Ltd Other related party V.S. Corporation (Hong Kong) Co., Limited Other related party Member of the Board of Management, the Board of Directors, Key management the Board of Supervisions, Chief Accountant and related individuals
(a) Transactions with related parties
Related party transactions, which were carried out in the normal course of the Group’s business, are as follows:
- II-75 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
| Purchase of goods V.S. Industry (ZhuHai) Co., Ltd V.S. Corporation (Hong Kong) Co., Limited Purchases of fixed assets from the ultimate holding company Disposals of property, plant and equipment to the ultimate holding company Capital contribution by conversion from amounts due to the ultimate holding company (Note 22) Technical service fee charged by the ultimate holding company Commission fee charged by the ultimate holding company (Note (i)) (Note 8) Interest expenses on borrowings from a director (Note 9) Key management personnel remuneration (Note (ii)) (Note 12) |
For the years ended 31 July 2021 2022 2023 USD USD USD – 329,141 – – 48,067 – – 377,208 – 5,875,171 266,211 1,599,593 1,400,000 – – 4,000,000 – – 147,600 147,600 147,600 1,075,608 900,300 256,115 1,223,208 1,047,900 403,715 150,546 155,329 148,469 335,333 338,672 339,210 |
For the years ended 31 July 2021 2022 2023 USD USD USD – 329,141 – – 48,067 – – 377,208 – 5,875,171 266,211 1,599,593 1,400,000 – – 4,000,000 – – 147,600 147,600 147,600 1,075,608 900,300 256,115 1,223,208 1,047,900 403,715 150,546 155,329 148,469 335,333 338,672 339,210 |
For the four months ended 30 November |
For the four months ended 30 November |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD – – – 5,875,171 1,400,000 4,000,000 147,600 1,075,608 1,223,208 150,546 335,333 |
2022 USD 329,141 48,067 377,208 266,211 – – 147,600 900,300 1,047,900 155,329 338,672 |
2022 USD (Unaudited) – – – 799,796 – – 49,200 240,732 289,932 50,842 113,168 |
2023 USD – – |
|
| – | ||||
| – | ||||
| – | ||||
| – | ||||
| 49,200 288,721 |
||||
| 337,921 | ||||
| 48,333 | ||||
| 113,377 |
The transactions described above were entered into at terms and prices mutually agreed between the relevant parties.
- II-76 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
-
Note (i) The Group entered an agreement with the ultimate holding company to authorise them to sell products on behalf of the Group and would compensate the ultimate holding company amounted to 5% of yearly sales for sales under USD30,000,000 and an incremental 3% of yearly sales for sales above USD30,000,000. In December 2022, the ultimate holding company agreed to offer an one-off reduction of USD643,659 in respect of the commission fee.
-
Note (ii) The Group has not identified any person, other than the directors of the Company, having the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group. Details of the remuneration of the directors of the Company are set out in Note 12.
(b) Amounts due to related parties
The amounts due to related parties are interest-free and unsecured.
The carrying amounts of the amounts due to related parties are denominated in USD.
(c) Borrowings from a director
As at 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and 30 November 2023, borrowings from a director were unsecured, interest-bearing at the rate of 5% per annum and due for repayment from 31 January 2022 to 31 December 2023; 31 January 2023 to 31 December 2024; 31 December 2023 to 31 December 2025; 31 December 2023 to 31 December 2025 respectively. The carrying amount of the borrowings from a director approximated their fair value.
The borrowings from a director are denominated in USD.
- II-77 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
25 NOTE TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
a) Cash generated from operations
| (Loss)/profit before income tax Adjustments for: – Finance costs 9 – Interest income 9 – Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 8 – Amortisation on intangible assets 8 – Depreciation of right-of-use assets 8 – Loss/(gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets 7 – Net foreign exchange (gains)/ loss, net 7 – Provision/(reversal of provision) for impairment of inventories 8 |
For the years ended 31 July |
For the years ended 31 July |
2023 USD 3,463,007 1,852,964 (92,869) 2,691,151 6,122 588,755 – (130,552) (71,287) 8,307,291 |
For the four months ended 30 November |
For the four months ended 30 November |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD (502,914) 1,395,532 (21,050) 2,218,086 16,707 385,258 50 (69,194) 134,353 3,556,828 |
2022 USD 2,814,390 1,672,381 (56,347) 2,468,968 18,165 400,194 (159,713) (172,976) (66,293) 6,918,769 |
2022 USD (Unaudited) 1,400,247 636,245 (32,156) 857,531 2,738 196,850 – (298,782) (76,581) 2,686,092 |
2023 USD 1,720,149 459,669 (13,392 934,484 1,869 194,180 (36,483 (221,314 3,271 |
||
| 3,042,433 |
- II-78 -
APPENDIX II
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
| Changes in working capital: Inventories Trade and other receivables Amounts due to related parties Trade payables, other payables and accruals Contract liabilities Cash generated from operations |
For the years ended 31 July |
For the years ended 31 July |
2023 USD 8,098,109 3,652,041 (539,449) (3,035,850) (2,762,400) 13,719,742 |
For the four months ended 30 November 2022 2023 USD USD (Unaudited) 4,627,088 (1,661,785 820,957 484,825 (797,408) 15,995 (2,269,105) 965,666 (2,010,168) (16,369 3,057,456 2,830,765 |
For the four months ended 30 November 2022 2023 USD USD (Unaudited) 4,627,088 (1,661,785 820,957 484,825 (797,408) 15,995 (2,269,105) 965,666 (2,010,168) (16,369 3,057,456 2,830,765 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD (12,054,782) (2,340,749) 526,904 10,684,711 3,833,753 4,206,665 |
2022 USD 866,853 (1,912,593) 72,600 (1,571,402) (463,357) 3,910,870 |
2023 USD (1,661,785 484,825 15,995 965,666 (16,369 |
|||
| 2,830,765 |
b) Loss/(gain) on disposals of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets is arrived at as follows:
| Net book amount Proceeds received Loss/(gain) on disposals |
**For ** | the years ended 31 July 2022 2023 USD USD 42,375 – (202,088) (159,713) – |
For the four months ended 30 November |
For the four months ended 30 November |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 13,898 (13,848) 50 |
2022 USD 42,375 (202,088) (159,713) |
2022 USD (Unaudited) – – |
2023 USD 18,756 (55,239 |
|
| (36,483 |
- II-79 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
c) Liabilities from financing activities:
| As at 1 August 2020 (unaudited) Net cash flows – financing activities Additions Exchange difference Interest expense Interest payments As at 31 July 2021 As at 1 August 2021 Net cash flows – financing activities Additions Exchange difference Interest expense Interest payments As at 31 July 2022 As at 1 August 2022 Net cash flows – financing activities Exchange difference Interest expense Interest payments As at 31 July 2023 |
Bank borrowings USD 13,396,832 8,294,458 – 7,959 1,016,958 (976,259) 21,739,948 21,739,948 2,640,891 – (7,387) 1,202,408 (1,211,339) 24,364,521 24,364,521 (7,998,887) (17,440) 1,332,277 (1,376,282) 16,304,189 |
Borrowings from a director USD 2,967,125 – – – 150,546 (81,282) 3,036,389 3,036,389 – – – 155,329 (224,593) 2,967,125 2,967,125 (150,000) – 148,469 (148,469) 2,817,125 |
Lease liabilities USD 2,252,400 (449,710) 615,716 39,945 228,028 (228,028) 2,458,351 2,458,351 (427,978) 1,050,141 (3,712) 221,244 (221,244) 3,076,802 3,076,802 (568,146) (9,046) 269,694 (269,694) 2,499,610 |
Total USD 18,616,357 7,844,748 615,716 47,904 1,395,532 (1,285,569) 27,234,688 27,234,688 2,212,913 1,050,141 (11,099) 1,578,981 (1,657,176) 30,408,448 30,408,448 (8,717,033) (26,486) 1,750,440 (1,794,445) 21,620,924 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
- II-80 -
APPENDIX II
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
| As at 1 August 2022 Net cash flows – financing activities (unaudited) Exchange difference (unaudited) Interest expense (unaudited) Interest payments (unaudited) As at 30 November 2022 (unaudited) As at 1 August 2023 Net cash flows – financing activities Exchange difference Interest expense Interest payments As at 30 November 2023 |
Bank borrowings USD 24,364,521 (651,200) (26,843) 458,456 (495,088) 23,649,846 Bank borrowings USD 16,304,189 (3,140,966) (3,889) 341,321 (339,498) 13,161,157 |
Borrowings from a director USD 2,967,125 – – 50,842 (50,842) 2,967,125 Borrowings from a director USD 2,817,125 – – 48,333 (48,333) 2,817,125 |
Lease liabilities USD 3,076,802 (176,510) (129,898) 94,410 (94,410) 2,770,394 Lease liabilities USD 2,499,610 (198,561) (42,350) 80,250 (80,250) 2,258,699 |
Total USD 30,408,448 (827,710) (156,741) 603,708 (640,340) 29,387,365 Total USD 21,620,924 (3,339,527) (46,239) 469,904 (468,081) 18,236,981 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
- II-81 -
ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX II
26 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS BY CATEGORY
| Assets Financial assets at amortised cost – Trade and other receivables – Cash and cash equivalents – Short-term bank deposits Liabilities Liabilities at amortised cost – Trade and other payables – Amounts due to related companies – Borrowings from banks – Borrowings from a director – Lease liabilities |
As at 31 July | 2023 USD 6,354,301 6,655,625 2,713,196 15,723,122 7,345,963 516,529 16,304,189 2,817,125 2,499,610 29,483,416 |
As at 30 November 2023 USD 5,759,290 4,875,189 2,993,481 |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 8,013,967 4,302,127 3,255,981 15,572,075 12,618,810 724,808 21,739,948 3,036,389 2,458,351 40,578,306 |
2022 USD 9,778,651 5,592,235 4,279,747 19,650,633 12,167,705 797,408 24,364,521 2,967,125 3,076,802 43,373,561 |
|||
| 13,627,960 | ||||
| 10,251,378 446,602 13,161,157 2,817,125 2,258,699 |
||||
| 28,934,961 |
27 COMMITMENT
Capital expenditure contracted for at the statement of financial position date but not recognised in the financial statements was as follows:
| Property, plant and equipment | As at 31 July As at 30 November 2021 2022 2023 2023 USD USD USD USD 567,695 42,026 – 123,755 |
|---|---|
- II-82 -
APPENDIX II ACCOUNTANT’S REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
III SUBSEQUENT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
No audited financial statements of the Company or any of its subsidiary have been prepared in respect of any period subsequent to 30 November 2023.
- II-83 -
MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX III
MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF THE TARGET GROUP
Set out below is the management discussion and analysis of the Target Group for each of the three years ended 31 July 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2023 (the “ Reporting Period ”). The following financial information is based on the accountant’s report of the Target Company set out in Appendix II to this circular.
A. BUSINESS OVERVIEW
The Target Group is principally engaged in (i) the manufacturing and sale of plastic moulded products and parts (“ Plastic Injection and Moulding ”); (ii) assembling of electronic products (“ Assembling of Electronic Products ”) and (iii) moulds design and fabrication (“ Mould Design and Fabrication ”).
Please refer to the section headed “VII. Information on the Target Group” of the Letter from the Board in this circular for further details.
B. FINANCIAL OVERVIEW
Revenue
For the year ended 31 July 2021, the Target Group recorded revenue of approximately US$61.24 million, which was mainly derived from Plastic Injection and Moulding, accounting for approximately US$35.88 million and representing approximately 58.58% of the revenue.
For the year ended 31 July 2022, the Target Group recorded revenue of approximately US$80.17 million, representing an increase of approximately US$18.93 million or 30.91% compared to that for the year ended 31 July 2021. The increase was mainly attributable to the increase in revenue derived from Assembling of Electronic Products, representing an increase of approximately US$16.72 million or 71.48%. The increase in revenue derived from Assembling of Electronic Products was primarily due to (i) the increase in additional transportation fee charged to a customer resulting from the disruption brought by COVID-19 and the shortage of containers; and (ii) the increase in sales derived from customers located in the USA, which began to shift part of their supply chains from the PRC to Vietnam to “de-risk” their exposures as to the geopolitical tensions, contributing to the business growth of the Target Group.
For the year ended 31 July 2023, the Target Group recorded revenue of approximately US$59.26 million, representing a decrease of approximately US$20.90 million or 26.08% compared to that for the year ended 31 July 2022. The decrease was mainly attributable to (i) the decrease in revenue derived from Plastic Injection and Moulding, representing an decrease of approximately US$11.22 million or 30.63%, which was mainly due to the Target Group’s business strategy to improve product mix by gradually phasing out products with low profit margin and the decrease in sales orders placed by a customer which stocked up inventories in 2022 as a precautionary measure to avoid disruption
- III-1 -
MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX III
caused by COVID-19; and (ii) the decrease in revenue derived from Assembling of Electronic Products, representing a decrease of approximately US$8.69 million or 21.67%, which was mainly due to reduction in additional transportation fee charged to a customer due to the ease of COVID-19.
For the four months ended 30 November 2023, the Target Group recorded revenue of approximately US$16.00 million, representing a decrease of approximately US$7.12 million or 30.78% compared to that for the four months ended 30 November 2023. The decrease was mainly attributable to (i) the decrease in revenue derived from Plastic Injection and Moulding, representing a decrease of approximately US$3.65 million or 36.97%, which was mainly due to the Target Group’s business strategy to improve product mix by phasing out products with low profit margin; and (ii) the decrease in revenue derived from Assembling of Electronic Products, representing a decrease of approximately US$2.80 million or 23.21%, which was mainly due to nil additional transportation fee charged to the customer resulting from the ease of COVID-19 and the change of delivery terms from DAP (delivery at place) to FOB (Free on Board) with such customer during the four months ended 30 November 2023.
Gross profit
The gross profit of the Target Group for each of the financial years ended 31 July 2021, 2022 and 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2023 was approximately US$3.84 million, US$6.99 million, US$7.23 million and US$2.83 million respectively, representing approximately 6.28%, 8.72%, 12.21% and 17.67% of the revenue in the corresponding year or period respectively.
Other income
For each of the financial years ended 31 July 2021, 2022 and 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2023, the Target Group recorded other income of approximately US$48,000, US$70,000, US$29,000 and US$2,000 respectively, which mainly comprised sundry income, which is mainly the income from rendering of overtime services for tool repairing, testing and sorting for a certain customer. The increase in other income for the year ended 31 July 2022 was mainly due to the increase in overtime work for such customer for testing and sorting due to the disruption caused by COVID-19. As the Target Group gradually phased out the production for such customer in 2023 to improve its product mix, there was a decrease in other income for the year ended 31 July 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2023.
Other gains, net
For each of the financial years ended 31 July 2021, 2022 and 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2023, the Target Group recorded other net gains of approximately US$78,000, US$333,000, US$131,000 and US$258,000 respectively. Fluctuations in other net gains were mainly due to the fluctuations in net foreign exchange gains and net gains on disposals of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets.
- III-2 -
MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX III
Administrative expenses
For each of the financial years ended 31 July 2021, 2022 and 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2023, the Target Group recorded administrative expenses of approximately US$1.87 million, US$1.89 million, US$1.77 million and US$0.58 million respectively, which mainly comprised salary related expenses.
Selling expenses
For each of the financial years ended 31 July 2021, 2022 and 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2023, the Target Group recorded selling expenses of approximately US$1.23 million, US$1.08 million, US$0.40 million and US$0.34 million respectively, which mainly comprised commission and rebate.
Finance income
For each of the financial years ended 31 July 2021, 2022 and 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2023, the Target Group recorded finance income of approximately US$21,000, US$56,000, US$93,000 and US$13,000 respectively, which represented bank interest income.
Finance costs
For each of the financial years ended 31 July 2021, 2022 and 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2023, the Target Group recorded finance costs of approximately US$1.40 million, US$1.67 million, US$1.85 million and US$0.46 million respectively, which mainly comprised interest expenses on borrowings from banks.
Income tax credit/charge
The Target Group recorded income tax credit of approximately US$506,000 for the year ended 31 July 2021. For each of the financial years ended 31 July 2022 and 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2023, the Target Group recorded income tax charge of approximately US$247,000, US$410,000 and US$180,000 respectively.
Profit for the year/period
For each of the financial years ended 31 July 2021, 2022 and 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2023, the Target Group recorded profit after tax of approximately US$3,000, US$2.57 million, US$3.05 million and US$1.54 million respectively, which is in line with the increase in gross profit partly due to the Target Group’s business strategy to improve product mix and profit margin.
- III-3 -
MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX III
Liquidity, financial resources and capital structure
For the financial years ended 31 July 2021, 2022 and 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2023, the Target Group financed its operations mainly by means of internally generated operating cash flow, borrowings from banks and loans from a director. As at 31 July 2021, 2022, 2023 and 30 November 2023, the Target Group had cash and cash equivalents of approximately US$4.30 million, US$5.59 million, US$6.66 million and US$4.88 million respectively, and short-term bank deposits of approximately US$3.26 million, US$4.28 million, US$2.71 million and US$2.99 million respectively.
The Target Group’s capital structure is summarised as follows:
| Borrowings from banks Borrowings from a director Lease liabilities Less: cash and cash equivalents and short-term bank deposits Net debts Total equity Total capital Gearing ratio |
As at 31 July |
2023 USD 16,304,189 2,817,125 2,499,610 (9,368,821) 12,252,103 16,228,983 28,481,086 43.0% |
As at 30 November 2023 USD 13,161,157 2,817,125 2,258,699 (7,868,670) 10,368,311 17,768,697 28,137,008 36.8% |
|
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 USD 21,739,948 3,036,389 2,458,351 (7,558,108) 19,676,580 10,608,949 30,285,529 65.0% |
2022 USD 24,364,521 2,967,125 3,076,802 (9,871,982) 20,536,466 13,176,353 33,712,819 60.9% |
The gearing ratio is calculated as the Target Group’s net debts at the end of the financial year/period divided by total capital at the end of the financial year/period.
Charge on assets
Borrowings from banks were secured by the Target Group’s assets including current and non-current assets. As at 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and 30 November 2023, total assets pledged as security amounted to approximately US$19.81 million, US$41.19 million, US$32.15 million and US$31.45 million respectively. Current assets pledged included inventories, trade receivables and short-term bank deposits and non-current assets pledged included property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets.
- III-4 -
MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX III
Contingent liabilities
As at 31 July 2021, 31 July 2022, 31 July 2023 and 30 November 2023, the Target Group had no material contingent liabilities.
Foreign exchange exposure
The Target Group mainly operates in Vietnam and most of the transactions are settled in United States dollars. Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions or recognised assets or liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the Target Group’s functional currency. The Target Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to Vietnamese Dong.
As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Target Group does not have a foreign currency hedging policy. However, the management of the Target Group monitors foreign exchange exposure and will consider hedging significant foreign currency exposure should the need arise.
Significant investment, material acquisitions and disposals
The Target Group did not have any significant investments, acquisitions or disposals of its subsidiaries and associated companies during the financial years ended 31 July 2021, 2022 and 2023 and the four months ended 30 November 2023.
Employees and remuneration policies
As at 30 November 2023, the Target Group had a total of approximately 1,000 employees. The Target Group’s remuneration package is updated on an annual basis and appropriate adjustments are made with reference to prevailing conditions of the human resources market and the general outlook of the economy. The Target Group’s employees are rewarded in tandem with their performance and experience. The Target Group recognises that the improvement of employees’ technical knowledge, welfare and wellbeing is essential to attract and retain quality and dedicated employees in support of future growth of the Target Group.
Prospects
Going forward, it is expected that there will be more favourable government policies to promote the economic growth in Vietnam in the future to achieve the government’s goal of becoming a highincome economy. Moreover, with Vietnam becoming a major beneficiary of manufacturers’ efforts to “de-risk” their exposure as to geopolitical tensions and enjoying foreign trade opportunities and lower labour costs, it is expected that the business and financial performance of the Target Group will further improve.
- III-5 -
APPENDIX III
MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF THE TARGET GROUP
Future plan for material investment or capital assets
As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Target Group does not have any concrete future plan for material investments or capital assets.
- III-6 -
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE ENLARGED GROUP
APPENDIX IV
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE ENLARGED GROUP
INTRODUCTION
The following is an illustrative unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of financial position, unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of comprehensive income, and unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of cash flows (the “ Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information ”) of V.S. International Group Limited (the “ Company ”) and its subsidiaries (the “ Group ”) and VS Industry Vietnam Joint Stock Company (the “ Target Company ”) and its subsidiary (the “ Target Group ”) (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Enlarged Group ”) which have been prepared on the basis of the notes set out below for the purpose of illustrating the effect of the proposed acquisition by the Group of the Target Group (the “ Transaction ”) as if it had taken place on 31 January 2024 for the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of financial position and as if it had taken place on 1 August 2022 for the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of comprehensive income and the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of cash flows.
The Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information has been prepared by the directors of the Company in accordance with paragraph 4.29 of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited for illustrative purposes only and because of its hypothetical nature, it may not give a true picture of the financial position of the Enlarged Group had the Transaction been completed on 31 January 2024 and the comprehensive income and cash flows of the Enlarged Group had the Transaction been completed on 1 August 2022, or any future dates.
The Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information has been prepared based on the unaudited condensed interim consolidated statement of financial position of the Group as at 31 January 2024, which has been extracted from the Group’s published interim report, the audited consolidated statement of comprehensive income and audited consolidated statement of cash flows of the Group for the year ended 31 July 2023, which has been extracted from the Group’s published annual report; and the consolidated balance sheet as at 30 November 2023, consolidated statement of and comprehensive income and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 July 2023 of the Target Group, which has been derived from the historical financial information included in the accountant’s report as set out in Appendix II to this circular.
The Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information has been prepared under accounting policies consistent with those of the Group as set out in the published annual report of the Company for the year ended 31 July 2023.
The Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information should be read in conjunction with the historical financial information of the Group and the historical financial information of the Target Group as set out in Appendix II to this circular and other financial information included elsewhere in this circular.
- IV-1 -
APPENDIX IV
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE ENLARGED GROUP
Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of financial information
| ASSETS Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment Intangible assets Right-of-use assets Financial asset at fair value through other comprehensive income Prepayment, deposits and other receivables Deferred tax assets Investment accounted for using the equity method Current assets Inventories Trade and other receivables, deposits and prepayments Amounts due from related parties Bank deposits Cash and cash equivalents Total assets EQUITY Capital and reserves Share capital Reserve Non-controlling interest Total equity |
Unaudited condensed interim consolidated statement of financial position of the Group as at 31 January 2024 RMB’000 Note 1 179,761 – 12,777 2,300 – – 21,969 216,807 – 15,722 188 – 77,770 93,680 310,487 105,013 168,110 – 273,123 |
Consolidated statement of financial position of the Target Group as at 30 November 2023 RMB’000 Note 2 142,844 217 20,656 – 3,763 5,747 – 173,227 71,254 45,984 – 21,361 34,789 173,388 346,615 151,934 (25,137) – 126,797 |
Pro forma adjustment RMB’000 Note 3(a) – – – – – 5,890 5,890 – – – – – – 5,890 – 5,890 – 5,890 |
Pro forma adjustment RMB’000 Note 3(b) 26,494 – 22,797 – – – 49,291 – – – – – – 49,291 – 39,433 – 39,433 |
Pro forma adjustment RMB’000 Note 3(c) – – – – – (27,859) (27,859) – – – – (10,811) (10,811) (38,670) (142,764) 40,976 63,118 (38,670) |
Pro forma adjustment RMB’000 Note 4 – – – – – – – – – – – (4,200) (4,200) (4,200) – (4,200) – (4,200) |
Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of financial position of the Enlarged Group RMB’000 349,099 217 56,230 2,300 3,763 5,747 – |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 417,356 71,254 61,706 188 21,361 97,548 |
|||||||
| 252,057 669,413 |
|||||||
| 114,183 225,072 63,118 |
|||||||
| 402,373 |
- IV-2 -
APPENDIX IV
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE ENLARGED GROUP
| LIABILITIES Non-current liabilities Loans from a director Deferred income tax liabilities Long-term trade accounts payables Amount due to holding companies Long-term borrowings Lease liabilities Current liabilities Trade and other payables Loans from a director Amounts due to related parties Tax payables Contract liabilities Borrowings Lease liabilities Total liabilities Total equity and liabilities |
Unaudited condensed interim consolidated statement of financial position of the Group as at 31 January 2024 RMB’000 Note 1 – 781 – – – – 781 6,385 29,740 458 – – – – 36,583 37,364 310,487 |
Consolidated statement of financial position of the Target Group as at 30 November 2023 RMB’000 Note 2 10,889 – 8,119 1,232 720 11,059 32,019 73,641 9,214 1,955 510 4,222 93,198 5,059 187,799 219,818 346,615 |
Pro forma adjustment RMB’000 Note 3(a) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 5,890 |
Pro forma adjustment RMB’000 Note 3(b) – 9,858 – – – – 9,858 – – – – – – – – 9,858 49,291 |
Pro forma adjustment RMB’000 Note 3(c) – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – (38,670) |
Pro forma adjustment RMB’000 Note 4 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – (4,200) |
Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of financial position of the Enlarged Group RMB’000 10,889 10,639 8,119 1,232 720 11,059 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 42,658 | |||||||
| 80,026 38,954 2,413 510 4,222 93,198 5,059 |
|||||||
| 224,382 | |||||||
| 267,040 669,413 |
- IV-3 -
APPENDIX IV
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE ENLARGED GROUP
Unaudited proforma consolidated statement of comprehensive income
| Revenue Cost of sales Gross profit Other income Other gains/(losses) – net Distribution costs General and administrative expenses Net impairment losses on financial assets Operating loss Finance income Finance costs Finance costs – net Share of net profit of an associate accounted for using the equity method (Loss)/profit before income tax Income tax expense (Loss)/profit for the year Other comprehensive income Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year (Loss)/profit attributable to: Owners of the Company Non-controlling interest Total comprehensive (loss)/income attributable to: Owners of the Company Non-controlling interest |
Audited consolidated statement of comprehensive income of the Group for the year ended 31 July 2023 RMB’000 Note 1 76,443 (64,932) 11,511 4,517 (9,337) (1,659) (28,789) (27) (23,784) 921 (1,831) (910) 2,402 (22,292) (28) (22,320) (333) (22,653) (22,320) – (22,320) (22,653) – (22,653) |
Audited consolidated statement of comprehensive income of the Target Group for the year ended 31 July 2023 RMB’000 Note 2 416,116 (365,328) 50,788 203 917 (2,823) (12,411) – 36,674 652 (13,010) (12,358) – 24,316 (2,881) 21,435 570 22,005 21,435 – 21,435 22,005 – 22,005 |
Pro forma adjustment RMB’000 Note 3(a) – – – – 5,890 – – – 5,890 – – – – 5,890 – 5,890 – 5,890 5,890 – 5,890 5,890 – 5,890 |
Pro forma adjustment RMB’000 Note 3(b) – (6,161) (6,161) – – – – – (6,161) – – – – (6,161) 1,232 (4,929) – (4,929) (3,058) (1,871) (4,929) (3,058) (1,871) (4,929) |
Pro forma adjustment RMB’000 Note 3(c) – – – – 48,121 – – – 48,121 – – – – 48,121 – 48,121 – 48,121 48,121 – 48,121 48,121 – 48,121 |
Pro forma adjustment RMB’000 Note 4 – – – – – – (4,200) – (4,200) – – – – (4,200) – (4,200) – (4,200) (4,200) – (4,200) (4,200) – (4,200) |
Pro forma adjustment RMB’000 Note 5 – – – – – – – – – – – – (2,402) (2,402) – (2,402) – (2,402) (10,541) 8,139 (2,402) (10,757) 8,355 (2,402) |
Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of comprehensive income of the Enlarged Group RMB’000 492,559 (436,421 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 56,138 4,720 45,591 (4,482 (45,400 (27 |
||||||||
| 56,540 1,573 (14,841 |
||||||||
| (13,268 – |
||||||||
| 43,272 (1,677 |
||||||||
| 41,595 237 41,832 |
||||||||
| 35,327 6,268 |
||||||||
| 41,595 | ||||||||
| 35,348 6,484 |
||||||||
| 41,832 |
- IV-4 -
APPENDIX IV
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE ENLARGED GROUP
Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of cash flows
| Cash flows from operating activities Cash generated from operations Income tax paid Net cash generated from operating activities Cash flows from investing activities Payments for the purchase of property, plant and equipment Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment Interest received Loans granted, purchases of debt instruments of other entities Collection of loans, proceeds from sales of debt instruments of other entities Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash and cash equivalent acquired Net cash generated from investing activities |
Audited consolidated statement of cash flows of the Group for the year ended 31 July 2023 RMB’000 Note 1 13,683 (116) 13,567 – 2,671 921 – – – 3,592 |
Audited consolidated statement of cash flows of the Target Group for the year ended 31 July 2023 RMB’000 Note 2 96,330 – 96,330 (26,385) – 607 (9,830) 21,034 – (14,574) |
Pro forma adjustment RMB’000 Note 3(c) – – – – – – – – 29,146 29,146 |
Pro forma adjustment RMB’000 Note 4 (4,200) – (4,200) – – – – – – – |
Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of cash flow of the Enlarged Group RMB’000 105,813 (116 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 105,697 (26,385 2,671 1,528 (9,830 21,034 29,146 |
|||||
| 18,164 |
- IV-5 -
APPENDIX IV
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE ENLARGED GROUP
| Cash flows from financing activities Decrease in loans from a director Proceeds from bank loans Repayment of bank loans Decrease in restricted bank balances Principal elements of lease payments Interest expenses Net cash used in financing activities Net increase in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year |
Audited consolidated statement of cash flows of the Group for the year ended 31 July 2023 RMB’000 Note 1 (4,477) – – 6,000 – (1,831) (308) 16,851 68,606 – 85,457 |
Audited consolidated statement of cash flows of the Target Group for the year ended 31 July 2023 RMB’000 Note 2 (1,053) 305,994 (362,156) – (3,989) (12,599) (73,803) 7,953 39,957 (1,179) 46,731 |
Pro forma adjustment RMB’000 Note 3(c) – – – – – – – 29,146 (39,957) – (10,811) |
Pro forma adjustment RMB’000 Note 4 – – – – – – – (4,200) – – (4,200) |
Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of cash flow of the Enlarged Group RMB’000 (5,530 305,994 (362,156 6,000 (3,989 (14,430 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (74,111 | |||||
| 49,750 68,606 (1,179 |
|||||
| 117,117 |
- IV-6 -
APPENDIX IV UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE ENLARGED GROUP
The exchange rates set out below have been used in the preparation of the adjustment unless specified in the note.
US$1 = RMB7.1360 HKD 1 = RMB0.9009
Note 1:
The amounts are extracted from the unaudited condensed interim consolidated statement of financial position of the Group as at 31 January 2024 as set out in the published interim report of the Group for the six months ended 31 January 2024 and the audited consolidated statement of comprehensive income and the audited consolidated statement of cash flows of the Group for the year ended 31 July 2023 as set out in the published annual report of the Group for the year ended 31 July 2023.
Note 2:
The amounts are extracted from the consolidated balance sheet of the Target Group as at 30 November 2023 and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income and the consolidated statement of cash flows of the Target Group for the year 31 July 2023 as set out in Appendix II to this circular.
The functional currency and the presentation currency of the Target Group are United States Dollar (” USD ”). For the purpose of the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of financial position, the balances denominated in USD have been translated into Renminbi (“ RMB ”) at US$1 to RMB7.1360, the exchange rate prevailing as at 30 November 2023. For the purpose of the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of comprehensive income and unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of cash flows, the amounts denominated in USD have been translated into RMB at US$1 to RMB7.0213, the average exchange rate prevailing for the year ended 31 July 2023.
Note 3:
Upon the completion of the Transaction, the Target Group will become indirectly held non-wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company. The identifiable assets and liabilities of the Target Group will be accounted for by the Group at their fair values in accordance with Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standard (“ HKFRS ”) 3 (Revised) “Business Combination”.
-
(a) The adjustment represents the remeasurement of the previously held equity interest in the Target Group by the Group at the acquisition date with reference to the fair value as at 30 November 2023 prepared by Roma Appraisals Limited (the “ Valuer ”), an independent valuer engaged by the Company, and recognised the resulting gain in profit or loss.
-
(b) The adjustment represents the fair value adjustment of identified assets and corresponding impact to the deferred tax liabilities arising from purchase price allocation upon completion of the Transaction made by the directors of the Company, and by reference to the fair value as at 30 November 2023 prepared by the Valuer. Additional depreciation is charged to the profit or loss over their remaining useful life.
-
IV-7 -
APPENDIX IV UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE ENLARGED GROUP
- (c) The adjustment represents the elimination of the share capital and pre-acquisition reserves of the Target Group and recognition of non-controlling interests. The Transaction will result in the Group’s interest in the Target Group which raises to 62.03%. As a result, the assets and liabilities of the Target Group will be consolidated into the consolidated statement of financial position of the Group. Gain on bargain purchase arising on the date of acquisition of the Target Group is calculated as follows:
| Fair value of the identifiable net assets of the Target Group Less: Non-controlling interest Cash paid (note i) Consideration shares – share capital portion (note ii) Consideration shares – share premium portion (note ii) Fair value of the previously held interests (note iii) Total consideration Gain on bargain purchase (note iv) |
RMB’000 166,231 (63,118) 103,113 10,811 9,170 7,152 27,859 54,992 48,121 |
|---|---|
-
(i) The cashflow for acquisition amounted to RMB29,146,000, in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of cash flows, represents the cash and cash equivalents of RMB39,957,000 acquired at acquisition of the subsidiary, net of cash consideration of RMB10,811,000.
-
(ii) 203,571,429 shares are to be issued by the Company as consideration shares. The fair value of each consideration share is HK$0.089, referenced to the closing price on 31 January 2024, the difference to the par value of HK$0.05 is recognised as share premium.
-
(iii) The fair value of previously held equity interest represents the proportionated business value in the Target Group at the acquisition date with reference to the fair value as at 30 November 2023, after adjustment for discount for lack of control and marketability.
-
(iv) The gain on bargain purchase arising from the Transaction is credited to profit or loss. Actual goodwill or gain on bargain purchase arising from the Transaction depend on fair value of net identifiable assets of the Target Group and the value of the consideration share at the completion date and shall be different from the amount calculated in the above table.
Note 4:
The adjustment represents the estimated transaction costs of approximately RMB4.2 million, which are mainly professional fees payable by the Group in connection with the Transaction.
Note 5:
The adjustment represents the elimination of share of net profit of an associate accounted for using the equity method upon the completion of the Transaction and the share of profit and comprehensive income to the non-controlling interests when the Target Group became indirectly held non-wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company.
- IV-8 -
APPENDIX IV
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE ENLARGED GROUP
Note 6:
Apart from the Transaction, no other adjustments have been made to the Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information of the Enlarged Group to reflect any trading results or other transactions of the Group or the Target Group entered into subsequent to 31 January 2024 or 30 November 2023, respectively.
Apart from the Transaction, no other adjustments have been made to the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of comprehensive income and the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement cash flows of the Enlarged Group to reflect any trading results or other transactions of the Group and the Target Group entered into subsequent to 31 July 2023.
Other than the adjustments relating to the additional depreciation and amortisation to be charged and the corresponding tax impact, the other adjustments are not expected to have continuing effect on the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
- IV-9 -
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE ENLARGED GROUP
APPENDIX IV
INDEPENDENT REPORTING ACCOUNTANT'S ASSURANCE REPORT ON THE COMPILATION OF UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following is the text of a report of PricewaterhouseCoopers, the independent reporting accountant, in respect of the unaudited pro forma financial information of the Enlarged Group as set out in this Appendix and prepared for the sole purpose of inclusion in this circular.
==> picture [78 x 56] intentionally omitted <==
To the Directors of V.S. International Group Limited
We have completed our assurance engagement to report on the compilation of unaudited pro forma financial information of V.S. International Group Limited (the “ Company ”) and its subsidiaries (collectively the “ Group ”), and VS Industry Vietnam Joint Stock Company and its subsidiary (the “ Target Group ”) (collectively the “ Enlarged Group ”) by the directors of the Company (the “ Directors ”) for illustrative purposes only. The unaudited pro forma financial information consists of the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 January 2024, the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 July 2023 and the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 July 2023, and related notes (the “ Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information ”) as set out on pages IV-1 to IV-9 of the Company’s circular dated 24 May 2024, in connection with the proposed acquisition of the Target Group (the “ Transaction ”) by the Company. The applicable criteria on the basis of which the Directors have compiled the Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information are described on pages IV-1 to IV-9 of the Circular.
The Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information has been compiled by the Directors to illustrate the impact of the Transaction on the Group’s financial position as at 31 January 2024 and the Group’s financial performance and cash flows for the year ended 31 July 2023 as if the Transaction had taken place at 31 January 2024 and 1 August 2022 respectively. As part of this process, information about the Group’s financial position as at 31 January 2024 has been extracted by the Directors from the Group’s interim financial information for the six months ended 31 January 2024, on which no audit or review report has been published, while information about the Group’s financial performance and cash flows for the year ended 31 July 2023 has been extracted by the Directors from the Group’s financial statements for the year ended 31 July 2023, on which an audit report has been published.
- IV-10 -
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE ENLARGED GROUP
APPENDIX IV
Directors’ Responsibility for the Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information
The Directors are responsible for compiling the Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information in accordance with paragraph 4.29 of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “ Listing Rules ”) and with reference to Accounting Guideline 7, Preparation of Pro Forma Financial Information for Inclusion in Investment Circulars (“ AG 7 ”), issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“ HKICPA ”).
Our Independence and Quality Management
We have complied with the independence and other ethical requirements of the Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants issued by the HKICPA, which is founded on fundamental principles of integrity, objectivity, professional competence and due care, confidentiality and professional behaviour.
Our firm applies Hong Kong Standard on Quality Management (HKSQM) 1, Quality Management for Firms that Perform Audits or Reviews of Financial Statements, or Other Assurance or Related Services Engagements , issued by the HKICPA, which requires the firm to design, implement and operate a system of quality management including policies or procedures regarding compliance with ethical requirements, professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory requirements.
Reporting Accountant’s Responsibilities
Our responsibility is to express an opinion, as required by paragraph 4.29(7) of the Listing Rules, on the Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information and to report our opinion to you. We do not accept any responsibility for any reports previously given by us on any financial information used in the compilation of the Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information beyond that owed to those to whom those reports were addressed by us at the dates of their issue.
We conducted our engagement in accordance with Hong Kong Standard on Assurance Engagements 3420, Assurance Engagements to Report on the Compilation of Pro Forma Financial Information Included in a Prospectus , issued by the HKICPA. This standard requires that the reporting accountant plans and performs procedures to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Directors have compiled the Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information in accordance with paragraph 4.29 of the Listing Rules and with reference to AG 7 issued by the HKICPA.
For purposes of this engagement, we are not responsible for updating or reissuing any reports or opinions on any historical financial information used in compiling the Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information, nor have we, in the course of this engagement, performed an audit or review of the financial information used in compiling the Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.
The purpose of unaudited pro forma financial information included in a circular is solely to illustrate the impact of a significant event or transaction on unadjusted financial information of the entity as if the event had occurred or the transaction had been undertaken at an earlier date selected for purposes of the illustration. Accordingly, we do not provide any assurance that the actual outcome of the Transaction at 31 January 2024 or 1 August 2022 respectively would have been as presented.
- IV-11 -
APPENDIX IV
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE ENLARGED GROUP
A reasonable assurance engagement to report on whether the unaudited pro forma financial information has been properly compiled on the basis of the applicable criteria involves performing procedures to assess whether the applicable criteria used by the directors in the compilation of the unaudited pro forma financial information provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the event or transaction, and to obtain sufficient appropriate evidence about whether:
-
The related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those criteria; and
-
The unaudited pro forma financial information reflects the proper application of those adjustments to the unadjusted financial information.
The procedures selected depend on the reporting accountant’s judgment, having regard to the reporting accountant’s understanding of the nature of the company, the event or transaction in respect of which the unaudited pro forma financial information has been compiled, and other relevant engagement circumstances.
The engagement also involves evaluating the overall presentation of the unaudited pro forma financial information.
We believe that the evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Opinion
In our opinion:
-
(a) the Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information has been properly compiled by the Directors on the basis stated;
-
(b) such basis is consistent with the accounting policies of the Group; and
-
(c) the adjustments are appropriate for the purposes of the Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information as disclosed pursuant to paragraph 4.29(1) of the Listing Rules.
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Certified Public Accountants Hong Kong, 24 May 2024
- IV-12 -
VALUATION REPORT ON THE PROPERTY
APPENDIX V
The following is the text of a report prepared for the purpose of incorporation in this circular received from Roma Appraisals Limited, an independent valuer, in connection with its valuation as at 31 March 2024 of all property interests of the Target Group.
Rooms 1101-4, 11/F., Harcourt House, 39 Gloucester Road, Wan Chai, Hong Kong Tel (852) 2529 6878 Fax (852) 2529 6806 E-mail [email protected] http:// www.romagroup.com
24 May 2024
V.S. International Group Limited
40th Floor, Jardine House 1 Connaught Place Central, Hong Kong
Dear Sir/Madam,
Re: Property Valuation of An Industrial Development Situated Located at Que Vo Industrial Park, Van Duong Ward, Bac Ninh City, Bac Ninh Province, Vietnam
In accordance with your instruction for us to valuation of the property held by VS Industry Vietnam Joint Stock Company (the “ Target Company ”) and / or its subsidiary (together with the Target Company referred to as the “ Target Group ”) in Vietnam, we confirm that we have carried out inspections made relevant enquiries and obtained such further information as we consider necessary for the purpose of providing you with our opinion of the market value of the property as at 31 March 2024 (the “ Date of Valuation ”) for the purpose of incorporation in the circular dated 24 May 2024.
1. BASIS OF VALUATION
Our valuation of the property is our opinion of the market value of the concerned property which we would define as intended to mean “the estimated amount for which an asset or liability should exchange on the valuation date between a willing buyer and a willing seller in an arm’s-length transaction after proper marketing wherein the parties had each acted knowledgeably, prudently and without compulsion”.
Market value is understood as the value of an asset or liability estimated without regard to costs of sale or purchase (or transaction) and without offset for any associated taxes or potential taxes.
- V-1 -
VALUATION REPORT ON THE PROPERTY
APPENDIX V
2. VALUATION METHODOLOGY
Due to the specific purpose for the buildings and structures of the property, there are no readily identifiable market comparables. Thus the buildings and structures have been valued on the basis of their depreciated replacement costs instead of direct comparison method. The depreciated replacement cost (“ DRC ”) approach is based on an estimate of the market value for the existing use of the land, plus the current cost of replacement of the existing structures less deductions for physical deterioration and all relevant forms of obsolescence and optimization. In practice, DRC approach may be used as a substitute for the market value of specialized property, due to the lack of market comparables available. Our valuation do not necessarily represent the amount that might be realized from the disposition of the property and the DRC is subject to adequate profitability of the concerned business.
3. TITLE INVESTIGATION
For the property in the Vietnam, we have relied on the advice given by the Target Group that the Target Group has valid and enforceable title to the property which is freely transferable, and has free and uninterrupted right to use the same, for the whole of the unexpired term granted subject to the payment of annual government rent/land use fees and all requisite land premium/purchase consideration payable have been fully settled.
For the property in the Vietnam, we have been provided with copies of extracts of various title documents relating to the property. However, we have not searched the original documents to ascertain the existence of any amendments which do not appear on the copies handed to us. We have relied to a very considerable extent on information given by the Target Group’s legal advisor, YKVN Law Firm regarding the title of the property in the Vietnam. All documents have been used for reference only.
We have also relied on the advice given by the Target Group that the current owner has valid and enforceable title to the property which is freely transferable, and have free and uninterrupted right to use the same, for the whole of the unexpired term granted subject to the payment of annual government rent/land use fees and all requisite land premium/purchase consideration payable have been fully settled.
4. VALUATION ASSUMPTIONS
Our valuation has been made on the assumption that the owner sells the property in the market in its existing state without the benefit of deferred term contracts, leasebacks, joint ventures, management agreements or any similar arrangements which would serve to affect the value of such property. In addition, no account has been taken of any option or right of pre-emption concerning or affecting the sale of the property and no allowance has been made for the property to be sold in one lot or to a single purchaser.
- V-2 -
VALUATION REPORT ON THE PROPERTY
APPENDIX V
5. SOURCE OF INFORMATION
In the course of our valuation, we have relied to a very considerable extent on the information provided by the Target Group and have accepted advice given to us on such matters as planning approvals or statutory notices, easements, tenure, identification of property, particulars of occupation, site/floor areas, ages of buildings and all other relevant matters which can affect the value of the property. All documents have been used for reference only.
We have no reason to doubt the truth and accuracy of the information provided to us. We have also been advised that no material facts have been omitted from the information supplied. We consider that we have been provided with sufficient information to reach an informed view, and have no reason to suspect that any material information has been withheld.
Unless otherwise stated, all the prices, charges, rental rates, etc., mentioned are exclusive of VAT.
6. VALUATION CONSIDERATION
We have inspected the exterior and, where possible, the interior of certain property. No structural survey has been made in respect of the property. However, in the course of our inspection, we did not note any serious defects. We are not able, however, to report that the property is free from rot, infestation or any other structural defects. No tests were carried out on any of the building services.
We have not carried out on-site measurement to verify the site/floor areas of the property under consideration but we have assumed that the site/floor areas shown on the documents handed to us are correct. Except as otherwise stated, all dimensions, measurements and areas included in the valuation certificate are based on information contained in the documents provided to us by the Target Group and are therefore approximations.
No allowance has been made in our valuation for any charges, mortgages or amounts owing on the property nor for any expenses or taxation which may be incurred in effecting a sale. Unless otherwise stated, it is assumed that the property is free from encumbrances, restrictions and outgoings of an onerous nature which could affect its value.
Our valuations are prepared in compliance with the requirements set out in Chapter 5 and Practice Note 12 of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and in accordance with the RICS Valuation – Global Standards published by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors and the International Valuation Standards published by the International Valuation Standards Council.
- V-3 -
VALUATION REPORT ON THE PROPERTY
APPENDIX V
7. REMARKS
Unless otherwise stated, all monetary amounts stated in our valuations is in United States Dollars (“ USD ”).
Our Valuation Certificate is attached.
Yours faithfully, For and on behalf of Roma Appraisals Limited
Frank F Wong
BA (Business Admin in Acct/Econ) MSc (Real Est) MRICS Registered Valuer MAusIMM ACIPHE
Director, Head of Property and Asset Valuation
-
Note: Mr. Frank F Wong is a Chartered Surveyor, Registered Valuer, Member of the Australasian Institute of Mining & Metallurgy and Associate of Chartered Institute of Plumbing and Heating Engineering. He has over 25 years’ valuation, transaction advisory and project consultancy of properties experience in Hong Kong and over 17 years’ experience in valuation of properties in China as well as relevant experience in the Asia-Pacific region, Australia and Oceania-Papua New Guinea, France, Germany, Austria, Czech Republic, Poland, United Kingdom, United States, Abu Dhabi (UAE) and Jordan.
-
V-4 -
VALUATION REPORT ON THE PROPERTY
APPENDIX V
VALUATION CERTIFICATE
Property held by the Target Group for owner occupation in Vietnam
Market Value in Particulars of Existing State as at Property Description and Tenure Occupancy 31 March 2024 An industrial development As advised by the Target Group, the property As advised by the USD13,790,000 situated located at comprises a portion of land with site area of about Target Group, the Lot C1 & C2, 26,147 sq.m. with an industrial development property is owner Que Vo Industrial Park, including workshops and ancillary office facilities occupied for Van Duong Ward, completed between 2005 and 2006 erected thereon. industrial use. Bac Ninh City, Bac Ninh Province, The property has a total gross floor area (“ GFA ”) Vietnam of approximately 24,805.36 sq.m. The GFA breakdown of the respective portions of the Property is as follows:-
| Factory No. | No. of Storey | GFA (sq.m.) |
|---|---|---|
| Office House No. 1 | 3 | 2,889.30 |
| Manufacturing | ||
| Workshop No. 2 | 1 | 8,168.57 |
| Manufacturing | ||
| Workshop No. 3 | 1 | 13,747.49 |
| Total: | 24,805.36 | |
| The land parcels are | held under leasehold title for | |
| industrial purpose, with a term expiring on 19 | ||
| December 2052. |
Notes:
-
Pursuant to 2 Real Estate Title Certificates A0 399556 and A0 399562, the land use rights of the 2 land parcels of the property with total site area of 26,147 sq.m and total GFA 24,805.36 sq.m are held by the Target Company dated 6 January 2009 issued by The People Committee of Bac Ninh Province.
-
Pursuant to a Certificate of Ownership of Construction Works No. 272560931400103, issued by the Bac Ninh IZA on 3 July 2009, the ownership of the property with a total gross floor area of 24,805.36 sq.m. is held by the Target Company.
-
The subject property is located near to the center of Bac Ninh City and Ha Noi City. It is around 574 meters to the National Highway 18 and 2.7 kilometers to National Highway 1A (Ha Noi – Bac Giang Highway). It has a favorable transportation, good living and business environment.
-
V-5 -
VALUATION REPORT ON THE PROPERTY
APPENDIX V
-
The site inspection was performed by Ms. Wai Kwan Lam, Gloria, BSc (Hons) in Surveying, with about 4 years property valuation experience in May 2024.
-
We have been provided with a legal opinion on the title to the property issued by the Target Group’s legal advisers, which contains, inter alia, the following information:
-
a. Land use right of a land lot at Lot C1, Que Vo Industrial Zone, Van Duong Ward, Bac Ninh City, Bac Ninh Province, Vietnam, sub-leased from the owner of Que Vo Industrial Zone (Kinhbac City Development Holding Corporation), as recorded in LURC No. A0 399556 with land area 14,747 sq.m. issued by the Bac Ninh PC on 6 January 2009;
-
b. Land use right of a land lot at Lot C2, Que Vo Industrial Zone, Van Duong Ward, Bac Ninh City, Bac Ninh Province, Vietnam, sub-leased from the owner of Que Vo Industrial Zone (Kinhbac City Development Holding Corporation), as recorded in LURC No. A0 399562 with land area 11,400 sq.m. issued by the Bac Ninh PC on 6 January 2009;
-
c. Office building No. 1 at Lot C2, Que Vo Industrial Zone, Van Duong Ward, Bac Ninh City, Bac Ninh Province, Vietnam, as recorded in the Certificate of Ownership of Construction Works No. 272560931400103 with GFA 2,889.3 sq.m. issued by the Bac Ninh IZA on 3 July 2009;
-
d. Manufacturing workshop No. 2 at Lot C2, Que Vo Industrial Zone, Van Duong Ward, Bac Ninh City, Bac Ninh Province, Vietnam, as recorded in the Certificate of Ownership of Construction Works No. 272560931400103 with GFA 8,168.57 sq.m. issued by the Bac Ninh IZA on 3 July 2009;
-
e. Manufacturing workshop No. 3 at Lot C1, Que Vo Industrial Zone, Van Duong Ward, Bac Ninh City, Bac Ninh Province, Vietnam, as recorded in the Certificate of Ownership of Construction Works No. 272560931400103 GFA 13,747.49 sq.m. issued by the Bac Ninh IZA on 3 July 2009; and
-
f. Office Building No. 1, Manufacturing Workshop No. 2, and Manufacturing Workshop No. 3, as mentioned above, are mortgaged to United Overseas Bank (Vietnam) Limited – Hanoi Branch (“ UOB ”) under Mortgage Agreement No. UOB/HNI/MA/PRO-21282 dated August 30, 2023.
-
V-6 -
VALUATION REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX VI
The following is the text of a report dated 24 May 2024 prepared for the purpose of incorporation into this circular received from Roma Appraisals Limited in connection with its opinion on the market value of 43.29% equity interest in the Target Group as at 30 November 2023.
==> picture [90 x 51] intentionally omitted <==
Rooms 1101-4, 11/F Harcourt House, 39 Gloucester Road, Wan Chai, Hong Kong Tel (852) 2529 6878 Fax (852) 2529 6806 E-mail [email protected] http://www.romagroup.com
24 May 2024
V.S. International Group Limited
40th Floor, Jardine House, 1 Connaught Place, Central, Hong Kong
Case Ref: KY/ATBVRE9046/DEC23/FW
Dear Sir/Madam,
Re: Business valuation for V.S. International Group Limited
In accordance with the instructions from V.S. International Group Limited (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”) to us to conduct a valuation of VS Industry Vietnam Joint Stock Company and its subsidiary VS Technology Company Limited (hereinafter referred to as the “ Target Group ”), we are pleased to report that we have made relevant enquiries and obtained other information which we considered relevant for the purpose of providing you with our opinion of the Target Group as at 30 November 2023 (hereinafter referred to as the “ Date of Valuation ”).
This report states the purpose of valuation, scope of work, economic overview, industry overview, overview of the Target Group, basis of valuation, investigation, valuation methodology, major assumptions, information reviewed, limiting conditions and remarks, and presents our opinion of value.
1. PURPOSE OF VALUATION
This report is prepared solely for the use of the directors and management of the Company. In addition, Roma Appraisals Limited (hereinafter referred to as “ Roma Appraisals ”) acknowledges that this report may be made available to the Company for public documentation purpose only.
Roma Appraisals assumes no responsibility whatsoever to any person other than the Company in respect of, or arising out of, the contents of this report. If others choose to rely in any way on the contents of this report they do so entirely at their own risk.
- VI-1 -
VALUATION REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX VI
2. SCOPE OF WORK
Our valuation conclusion is based on the assumptions stated herein and the information provided by management of the Company, management of the Target Group and/or their representative(s) (together referred to as the “ Management ”).
In preparing this report, we have had discussions with the Management in relation to the development, operations and other relevant information of the Target Group. In arriving at our opinion of value, we have relied on the completeness, accuracy and representation of operational, financial and other pertinent data and information of the Target Group as provided by the Management to a considerable extent.
We have no reason to believe that any material facts have been withheld from us. However, we do not warrant that our investigations have revealed all of the matters which an audit or more extensive examination might disclose.
In applying these projections to the valuation of the Target Group, we are making no representation that the business expansion will be successful, or that market growth and penetration will be realized. In case of any change in the assumptions and projections, our opinion of value may vary materially.
3. ECONOMIC OVERVIEW
3.1 Overview of the Economy in Vietnam
According to the General Statistics Office of Vietnam, the nominal gross domestic product (“ GDP ”) of Vietnam in 2023 Q3 was USD299 billion, a year-over-year nominal increase of 4.22% compared to 2022 Q3. Vietnam’s shift from a centrally planned to a market economy has transformed the country from one of the poorest in the world into a lower middle-income country. Vietnam now is one of the most dynamic emerging countries in the East Asia region.
Over the past five years from 2018 to 2022, compound annual growth rate of Vietnam’s nominal GDP was 13.98%. An upward trend of Vietnam’s nominal GDP was observed from 2018 to 2022. Figure 1 illustrates the nominal GDP of Vietnam from 2018 to 2023 Q3.
- VI-2 -
VALUATION REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX VI
Figure 1 - Vietnam’s Nominal GDP from 2018 to 2023 Q3
billion USD
==> picture [338 x 180] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Q3
----- End of picture text -----
Source: General Statistics Office of Vietnam
3.2 Inflation in Vietnam
According to the Focus Economics, consumer price inflation in Vietnam averaged 3.2% in the ten years to 2022, above the Asia-Pacific regional average of 2.1%. According to the General Statistics Office of Vietnam, the year-over-year change in consumer price index (“ CPI ”) demonstrated an uptrend trend from 2018 and reached its peak at 6.43% in January 2020. Yet, the year-over-year change in CPI fall from 2020 to 2021, it significantly decreased down to -0.97% in January 2021.
In 2021, the year-over-year change in CPI rose back to the average at 2.7% in April, then keep in a stable changes around 2%. In 2022, the year-over-year change in CPI increased from 1.94% in January to 4.55% in December. In 2023, the year-over-year change in CPI rose to 4.89% in January and dropped to 3.45% in November. Figure 2 shows the year-over-year change in CPI of Vietnam from January 2018 to November 2023.
- VI-3 -
VALUATION REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX VI
Figure 2 - Year-over-year Change in Vietnam’s CPI from January 2018 to November 2023
==> picture [363 x 208] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
%
7.00
6.00
5.00
4.00
3.00
2.00
1.00
0.00
-1.00
Jan-2018May-2018Sep-2018Jan-2019May-2019Sep-2019Jan-2020May-2020Sep-2020Jan-2021May-2021Sep-2021Jan-2022May-2022Sep-2022Jan-2023May-2023Sep-2023
----- End of picture text -----
Source: Bloomberg
Vietnam’s inflation rate was volatile during the past decade. According to the IMF, The inflation rate dropped from 6.0% in 2013 to 0.6% in 2015. It demonstrated an uptrend trend from 2.6% in 2016 to 5.2% in 2019, then significantly decreased to 0.2% in 2020 due to outbreak of Covid-19. There was an upward trend in the yearly inflation rate in Vietnam from 2020 to 2022. The yearly inflation rate in Vietnam’s is 4.6% in 2022. According to IMF’s forecast, the long-term inflation rate of Vietnam is expected to be around 3.39%. Figure 3 shows the historical trend of Vietnam’s inflation rate from 2013 to 2023.
Figure 3 - Vietnam’s Inflation Rate from 2013 to 2023
==> picture [376 x 176] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
%
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023
----- End of picture text -----
Source: International Monetary Fund
- VI-4 -
VALUATION REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX VI
4. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
4.1 Overview of Plastics Injection Molding Industry
According to Acumen Research and Consulting, the global plastic injection molding market size accounted for USD271.6 billion in 2021, with more than 45% of the market shares coming from the Asia-Pacific region. The global market size is expected to reach USD419.1 billion by 2030, with a CAGR of 5% from 2022 to 2030. The major factors driving the demand for injection molding in the market are the increasing usage in automotive applications and the growing demand from the packaging industry. Additionally, increased consumer goods and electronics demand is anticipated to strengthen this demand further.
Regarding the application landscape, the packaging segment dominated the market and accounted for the largest revenue shares in 2021 according to Straits Research. This demand is supported by continued economic expansion and acceleration in the e-commerce and FMCG sectors. Moreover, injection-molded plastics hold immense potential, particularly in the medical and automotive industry. The industry is expected to witness the highest growth in the medical devices and components sector. Optical clarity, biocompatibility, and cost-effective production methods are expected to drive demand from the medical industry.
5. OVERVIEW OF THE TARGET GROUP
The Target Group is principally engaged in plastic injection. The Target Group manufacturing spare parts, plastics molded machines with high precision used for direct or indirect exporting. The Target Group also assembling and trading electric products and plastic products. Figure 4 shows the group chart of the Target Group.
Figure 4 - Group Chart of the Target Group
==> picture [183 x 175] intentionally omitted <==
----- Start of picture text -----
VS Industry Vietnam JSC
100%
VS Technology Co., Ltd
----- End of picture text -----
- VI-5 -
VALUATION REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX VI
6. BASIS OF VALUATION
Our valuation is conducted on a market value basis. According to the International Valuation Standards established by the International Valuation Standards Council in 2022, market value is defined as “the estimated amount for which an asset or liability should exchange on the valuation date between a willing buyer and a willing seller in an arm’s length transaction, after proper marketing and where the parties had each acted knowledgeably, prudently and without compulsion”.
7. INVESTIGATION
Our investigation included discussions with members of the Management in relation to the development, operations and other relevant information of the Target Group. In addition, we have made relevant inquiries and obtained further information as we considered necessary for the purpose of the valuation.
We have had discussions with the Management in relation to the development, operations and other relevant information of the Target Group. We have also consulted other sources of financial and business information. In arriving at our opinion of value, we have relied on the completeness, accuracy and representation of operational, financial and other pertinent data and information of the Target Group as provided by the Management to a considerable extent.
The valuation of the Target Group requires consideration of all pertinent factors, which may or may not affect the operation of the business. The factors considered in our valuation include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:
-
The nature and prospect of the Target Group;
-
The financial information of the Target Group;
-
The business plan of the Target Group as provided by the Management;
-
The business risks of the Target Group such as the ability in maintaining competent technical and professional personnel; and
-
Investment returns of entities engaged in similar lines of business.
8. VALUATION METHODOLOGY
There are generally three accepted approaches to obtain the market value of the Target Group, namely the Market-Based Approach, Income-Based Approach and Asset-Based Approach. Each of these approaches is appropriate in one or more circumstances, and sometimes, two or more approaches may be used together. Whether to adopt a particular approach will be determined by the most commonly adopted practice in valuing business entities that are similar in nature.
- VI-6 -
VALUATION REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX VI
8.1 Market-Based Approach
The Market-Based Approach values a business entity by comparing prices at which other business entities in a similar nature changed hands in arm’s length transactions. The underlying theory of this approach is that one would not pay more than one would have to for an equally desirable alternative. By adopting this approach, the valuer will first look for valuation indication of prices of other similar business entities that have been sold recently.
The right transactions employed in analyzing indications of values need to be sold at an arm’s length basis, assuming that the buyers and sellers are well informed and have no special motivations or compulsions to buy or to sell.
8.2 Income-Based Approach
The Income-Based Approach focuses on the economic benefits due to the income producing capability of the business entity. The underlying theory of this approach is that the value of the business entity can be measured by the present worth of the economic benefits to be received over the useful life of the business entity. Based on this valuation principle, the Income-Based Approach estimates the future economic benefits and discounts them to their present values using a discount rate appropriate for the risks associated with realizing those benefits.
Alternatively, this present value can be calculated by capitalizing the economic benefits to be received in the next period at an appropriate capitalization rate. This is subject to the assumption that the business entity will continue to maintain stable economic benefits and growth rate.
8.3 Asset-Based Approach
The Asset-Based Approach is based on the general concept that the earning power of a business entity is derived primarily from its existing assets. The assumption of this approach is that when each of the elements of working capital, tangible and intangible assets is individually valued, their sum represents the value of a business entity and equals to the value of its invested capital (“ equity and long term debt ”). In other words, the value of the business entity is represented by the money that has been made available to purchase the business assets needed.
This money comes from investors who buy stocks of the business entity (“ equity ”) and investors who lend money to the business entity (“ debt ”). After collecting the total amounts of money from equity and debt, and converted into various types of assets of the business entity for its operation, their sum equals the value of the business entity.
8.4 Business Valuation
In the process of valuing the Target Group, we have taken into account the operations and the nature of the industry of the Target Group.
- VI-7 -
APPENDIX VI
VALUATION REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
The Income-Based Approach was not adopted because there is no financial forecast for more than one year with concrete business plan could be obtained from the Management of the Target Group for valuation purpose. The Asset-Based Approach was also not adopted because it could not capture the future earning potential of the major operating business of the Target Group and therefore it could not reflect the market value of the major operating business of the Target Group. We have therefore considered the adoption of the Market-Based Approach in arriving at the market value of the Target Group.
By adopting the Market-Based Approach, we have to determine the appropriate valuation multiples of comparable companies, in which we have considered price-to-sales, price-toearnings and price-to-book multiples. The price-to-book multiples cannot reflect the future earnings and growth potentials of the Target Group and hence they were not adopted. The price-to-sales multiples were not adopted because they could not fully capture the cost structure of the Target Group. Therefore, we have adopted the price-to-earnings (“P/E”) multiple as we considered it as the most appropriate multiple in calculating the market value of the Target Group.
We adopted several listed companies with similar business nature and operations similar to those of the Target Group as comparable companies. The comparable companies were selected mainly with reference to the following selection criteria:
-
The companies have more than 50% revenues attributable to the manufacturing of the plastic moulded products[1] ;
-
The companies have positive profit margin ratios from the latest financial year ended nearest or as at the Date of Valuation[2] ;
-
The companies with P/E ratios fall outside one standard deviation of the mean would be considered as the outliers and excluded[3] ;
-
The companies have sufficient listing and operating histories more than 3 years[4] ; and
-
The financial information of the companies is available to the public[5] .
Note:
-
The Target Group is principally engaged in the manufacturing of plastic moulded products. It is understood that the comparable companies may operate other businesses. Therefore, the companies that have more than 50% of revenues attributable to the relevant business are deemed to have a similar business nature to the Target Group.
-
The net profits of the Target Group was positive for the year ended as at the Date of Valuation. Hence, the positive profit margin ratios of the companies have similar financial performance with the Target Group for operation prospective.
-
As our normal practice of excluding outliers, we normally develop a range of one standard deviation of the mean and excluded the comparable companies fall outside this range. We also applied this normal practice in this case.
-
VI-8 -
VALUATION REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX VI
-
In order to screen for comparable companies with prices that were less volatile and could reflect their values, the comparable companies being listed over 3 years were expected to help achieving the filtering object.
-
The information of the comparable companies could be accessible by us and other parties. They also could be cross checked by the readers and reviewers.
-
Business location is not included as one of the selection criteria as the business nature and financial performance of comparable companies are the primary considerations. It is also noted that most of the business locations of the selected companies are located in developing countries which is comparable to the Target Group.
Details of the comparable companies adopted were listed as follows:
| Percentage | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| of Revenue | |||||||
| Net | Attributable | ||||||
| Principal | Market | Profit | to the | ||||
| Stock | Listing | Business | Capitalization | Margin | Relevant | ||
| Company Name | Code | Location | Business Description | Location | (USD million) | Ratio | Business |
| National Plastic | NAPT.IN | India | National Plastic Technologies Ltd manufactures plastic | India | 23.25 | 2.93% | 100.00% |
| Technologies Ltd | products. The company manufactures moulded plastic | ||||||
| products, primarily components for automobiles, | |||||||
| computer peripherals, and consumer durables. | |||||||
| Tian Chang Group | 2182.HK | Hong Kong | Tian Chang Group Holdings Ltd manufactures plastic | Netherlands | 38.11 | 5.15% | 53.37% |
| Holdings Ltd | products. The company produces plastic injection, | ||||||
| compression, and extrusion moulds. The company | |||||||
| markets its products in Hong Kong and China. | |||||||
| Coral Products PLC | CRU.LN | London | Coral Products PLC manufactures plastic injection | United Kingdom | 14.63 | 4.38% | 100.00% |
| mould products for the media, food, recycling, and | |||||||
| other industries. The company produces blown bottles | |||||||
| and tubs, caps and closures, rigid food packaging, | |||||||
| library case packaging for disc based recorded media | |||||||
| (CD & DVD), and recycling solution containers. | |||||||
| TK Group Holdings Ltd | 2283.HK | Hong Kong | TK Group Holdings Ltd manufactures plastic products | China | 134.43 | 6.39% | 100.00% |
| and components. The company engages in the design | |||||||
| and fabrication of plastic injection molds and the | |||||||
| mechanical design and manufacturing of plastic | |||||||
| components. | |||||||
| Yusei Holdings Ltd | 96.HK | Hong Kong | Yusei Holdings Ltd designs, develops, and fabricates | China | 42.38 | 2.13% | 83.33% |
| precision plastic injection molds and plastic | |||||||
| components. | |||||||
| Chen Hsong Holdings | 57.HK | Hong Kong | Chen Hsong Holdings, through its subsidiaries, | China | 117.06 | 5.04% | 85.19% |
| manufactures and sells plastic injection moulding | |||||||
| machines and related products. |
- VI-9 -
APPENDIX VI
VALUATION REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
| Percentage | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| of Revenue | |||||||
| Net | Attributable | ||||||
| Principal | Market | Profit | to the | ||||
| Stock | Listing | Business | Capitalization | Margin | Relevant | ||
| Company Name | Code | Location | Business Description | Location | (USD million) | Ratio | Business |
| Tensho Electric | 6776.JP | Japan | Tensho Electric Industries Co Ltd manufactures plastic | Japan | 47.87 | 5.09% | 94.68% |
| Industries Co Ltd | moldings for consumer electronics, such as TV, VCR, | ||||||
| Stereo, and auto parts. The company also | |||||||
| manufactures other plastic products such as plastic | |||||||
| containers for industrial use. |
Source: Bloomberg
The P/E multiples of the aforementioned comparable companies were listed as follows:
| Company Name | Stock Code | P/E Multiple |
|---|---|---|
| National Plastic Technologies Ltd | NAPT.IN | 30.36 |
| Tian Chang Group Holdings Ltd | 2182.HK | 3.82 |
| Coral Products PLC | CRU.LN | 9.77 |
| TK Group Holdings Ltd | 2283.HK | 4.70 |
| Yusei Holdings Ltd | 96.HK | 4.66 |
| Chen Hsong Holdings | 57.HK | 8.68 |
| Tensho Electric Industries Co Ltd | 6776.JP | 7.82 |
| Median | 7.82 |
The P/E multiple adopted was the median of the P/E multiples of the above comparable companies as at the Date of Valuation as extracted from Bloomberg. Then we obtained the estimated market value of the Target Group as at 30 November 2023 by applying the P/E multiple adopted to the estimated net profit of the Target Group of USD3,404,914 contributable to the trailing 12-month period ended 30 November 2023. The market value of the Target Group in minority basis was then arrived by adjusting with the non-operating assets, the non-operating liabilities and the marketability discount.
Note:
The selection of National Plastic Technologies Ltd satisfied all the selection criteria mentioned above including within the range of one standard deviation of the mean. Although the P/E multiple of the company was relatively high, the median of the P/E multiple could minimize the impact of relatively high and low P/E ratios.
8.5 Marketability Discount
Compared to similar interest in public companies, ownership interest is not readily marketable for closely held companies. Therefore, the value of a share of stock in a privately held company is usually less than an otherwise comparable share in a publicly held company. With
- VI-10 -
VALUATION REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX VI
reference to the result of the restricted stock study published in “Stout Restricted Stock Study 2023” by Stout Risius Ross, LLC, a discount for lack of marketability of 15.70% was adopted in arriving at the market value of the Target Group as at the Date of Valuation.
8.6 Calculation Details
The detailed calculation in arriving at the market value of the Target Group was illustrated as below:
| Estimated Net Profit as at the Date of Valuation (USD) Multiplied by: Median of P/E Multiple Market value of 100% equity interests in the Target Group (in Minority Basis) before adjustments on cash, debt, non-operating assets and non-operating liabilities (USD) Add: non-operating assets (USD) Less: non-operating liabilities (USD) Market value of 100% equity interests in the Target Group (in Minority Basis) before adjustment on Marketability Discount Adjustment on marketability discount Multiplied by: adjustment for marketability discount Market value of 100% equity interests in the Target Group (in Minority Basis) (USD) Multiplied by: USDHKD exchange rate Market value of 100% equity interests in the Target Group (in minority basis) (HKD) Equity interests held by the Company Market value of 43.29% equity interests in the Target Group (in minority basis) (HKD) Market value of 43.29% equity interests in the Target Group (in minority basis) (HKD) (Rounded) |
3,404,914 7.82 26,633,300 805,356 (446,605) 26,992,051 (1-15.70%) 22,754,299 7.8104 177,720,175 43.29% 76,935,064 77,000,000 |
|---|---|
Note: Total figures may not add up due to rounding.
9. MAJOR ASSUMPTIONS IN THE VALUATION
We have adopted certain specific assumptions in our valuation and the major ones are as follows:
-
The audited consolidated financial statements of the Target Group for the period from 1 December 2022 to 30 November 2023 could reasonably represent the Target Group’s financial positions;
-
VI-11 -
VALUATION REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX VI
-
As advised by the Management, deferred tax assets of USD805,356 on Target Group’s audited consolidated financial statements dated 30 November 2023 were non-operating assets of Target Group, and the book values of the non-operating assets were assumed to be equal to their market values;
-
As advised by the Management, amount due to the ultimate holding company of USD446,605 on Target Group’s audited consolidated financial statements dated 30 November 2023 were non-operating liabilities of Target Group, and the book values of the non-operating liabilities were assumed to be equal to their market values;
-
All relevant legal approvals and business certificates or licenses to operate the business in the localities in which the Target Group operates or intends to operate would be officially obtained and renewable upon expiry;
-
There will be sufficient supply of technical staff in the industries in which the Target Group operates, and the Target Group will retain competent management, key personnel and technical staff to support its ongoing operations and developments;
-
There will be no major change in the current taxation laws in the localities in which the Target Group operates or intends to operate and that the rates of tax payable shall remain unchanged and that all applicable laws and regulations will be complied with;
-
There will be no major change in the political, legal, economic or financial conditions in the localities in which the Target Group operates or intends to operate, which would adversely affect the revenues attributable to and profitability of the Target Group; and
-
Interest rates and exchange rates in the localities for the operation of the Target Group will not differ materially from those presently prevailing.
10. INFORMATION REVIEWED
Our opinion requires consideration of relevant factors affecting the market value of the Target Group. The factors considered included, but were not necessarily limited to, the following:
-
Audited consolidated financial statements of the Target Group for the period ended 30 November 2023;
-
Audited consolidated financial statements of the Target Group for the year ended 31 December 2022;
-
Historical operational information of the Target Group;
-
The nature and background of the Target Group; and
-
Economic outlook in Vietnam.
-
VI-12 -
VALUATION REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX VI
We have discussed the details with the Management on the information provided and assumed that such information is reasonable and reliable. We have assumed the accuracy of information provided and relied on such information to a considerable extent in arriving at our opinion of value.
11. LIMITING CONDITIONS
The valuation reflects facts and conditions existing at the Date of Valuation. Subsequent events or circumstances have not been considered and we are not required to update our report for such events and conditions.
We would particularly point out that our valuation was based on the information such as the company background and business nature of the Target Group provided to us.
To the best of our knowledge, all data set forth in this report are assumed to be reasonable and accurately determined. The data, opinions, or estimates identified as being furnished by others that have been used in formulating this analysis are gathered from reliable sources; yet, no guarantee is made nor liability assumed for their accuracy.
We have relied on the historical and/or prospective information provided by the Management and other third parties to a considerable extent in arriving at our opinion of value. The information has not been audited or compiled by us. We are not in the position to verify the accuracy of all information provided to us. However, we have had no reason to doubt the truth and accuracy of the information provided to us and to doubt that any material facts have been omitted from the information provided. No responsibilities for the operation and financial information that have not been provided to us are accepted.
We assumed that the management of the Target Group is competent and perform duties under the company regulation. Also, ownership of the Target Group was in responsible hands, unless otherwise stated in this report. The quality of the management of the Target Group may have direct impact on the viability of the business as well as the market value of the Target Group.
We have not investigated the title to or any legal liabilities of the Target Group and have assumed no responsibility for the title to the Company appraised.
Our conclusion of the market value was derived from generally accepted valuation procedures and practices that rely substantially on the use of various assumptions and the consideration of many uncertainties, not all of which can be easily quantified or ascertained. The conclusion and various estimates may not be separated into parts, and/or used out of the context presented herein, and/or used together with any other valuation or study.
We assume no responsibility whatsoever to any person other than the directors and the Management in respect of, or arising out of, the content of this report. If others choose to rely in any way on the contents of this report, they do so entirely at their own risk.
- VI-13 -
VALUATION REPORT ON THE TARGET GROUP
APPENDIX VI
The working papers and models for this valuation are being kept in our files and would be available for further references. We would be available to support our valuation if required. The title of this report shall not pass to the Target Group until all professional fee has been paid in full.
12. REMARKS
Unless otherwise stated, all monetary amounts stated in this valuation report are in Hong Kong Dollars (HKD).
We hereby confirm that we have neither present nor prospective interests in the Company, the Target Group and their associated companies, or the values reported herein.
13. OPINION OF VALUE
Based on the investigation stated above and the valuation method employed, the market value of 43.29% equity interests in the Target Group as at the Date of Valuation, in our opinion, was reasonably stated as HKD77,000,000 (HONG KONG DOLLARS SEVENTY SEVEN MILLION ONLY).
Yours faithfully, For and on behalf of
Roma Appraisals Limited
- VI-14 -
GENERAL INFORMATION
APPENDIX VII
1. RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT
This circular, for which the Directors collectively and individually accept full responsibility, includes particulars given in compliance with the Listing Rules for the purpose of giving information with regard to the Company. The Directors, having made all reasonable enquiries, confirm that, to the best of their knowledge and belief, the information contained in this circular is accurate and complete in all material respects and not misleading or deceptive, and there are no other matters the omission of which would make any statement herein or this circular misleading.
2. DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTS
(a) Directors’ and chief executives’ interests in the Company or its associated corporations
As at the Latest Practicable Date, Directors or chief executive of the Company who had interests or short positions in the Shares, underlying Shares or debentures of the Company or any of its associated corporations (within the meaning of Part XV of the SFO), which were required to be notified to the Company and the Stock Exchange pursuant to Divisions 7 and 8 of Part XV of the SFO or required, pursuant to section 352 of the SFO, to be entered in the register referred to therein or required to be notified to the Company and the Stock Exchange pursuant to the Model Code for Securities Transactions by the Directors (the “ Model Code ”) set out in Appendix C3 to the Listing Rules were as follows:
Long positions in Shares and underlying Shares
| The Company/ name of associated | Approximate | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Name of Director | corporation | Capacity | Number and class of securities | percentage of interest |
| (Note 1) | (Note 2) | |||
| Beh Kim Ling | The Company | Beneficial owner | 158,904,532 Shares (L) | 6.89% |
| V.S. Corporation (Hong Kong) | Beneficial owner | 3,750,000 non-voting deferred | 5.00% | |
| Co., Limited (“VSHK”) | shares of HK$1 each (L) | |||
| V.S. Industry Berhad (“VS Berhad”) | Beneficial owner | 354,498,283 ordinary shares (L) | 9.28% | |
| (Note 3) | ||||
| Zhang Pei Yu | The Company | Beneficial owner | 2,000 Shares (L) | 0.00% |
| Beh Chern Wei | The Company | Beneficial owner | 37,111,960 Shares (L) | 1.61% |
| VSHK | Beneficial owner | 1,250,000 non-voting deferred | 1.67% | |
| shares of HK$1 each (L) | ||||
| VS Berhad | Beneficial owner | 124,090,900 ordinary shares (L) | 3.25% | |
| (Note 4) | ||||
| Tang Sim Cheow | The Company | Beneficial owner | 639,130 Shares (L) | 0.03% |
| Beh Hwee Sze | The Company | Beneficial owner | 30,206,960 Shares (L) | 1.31% |
| VS Berhad | Beneficial owner | 154,879,614 (L) (Note 5) | 4.05% |
- VII-1 -
GENERAL INFORMATION
APPENDIX VII
Notes:
-
Mr. Beh Kim Ling is the father of Mr. Beh Chern Wei and Ms. Beh Hwee Sze.
-
The letter “L” represents the Director’s long position interest in the shares and underlying shares of the Company or its associated corporations.
-
1,320,000 of these shares would be allotted and issued upon exercise in full of the outstanding share options granted by VS Berhad at the exercise price of Malaysian Ringgit (“ RM* ”) 0.45 per share during a period of 5 years from 2 July 2020 to 11 May 2025. 1,620,000 of these shares would be allotted and issued upon exercise in full of the outstanding share options granted by VS Berhad at the exercise price RM0.87 per share during a period of 3 years from 17 May 2022 to 11 May 2025. 56,451,397 of these shares would be allotted and issued upon exercise in full of the warrants granted by VS Berhad at an initial exercise price of RM1.38 per share (subject to adjustments) during a period of 3 years from 15 June 2021 to 14 June 2024.
-
400,000 of these shares would be allotted and issued upon exercise in full of the outstanding share options granted by VS Berhad at the exercise price* of RM0.45 per share during a period of 5 years from 2 July 2020 to 11 May 2025. 200,050 of these shares would be allotted and issued upon exercise in full of the warrants granted by VS Berhad at an initial exercise price of RM1.38 per share (subject to adjustments) during a period of 3 years from 15 June 2021 to 14 June 2024.
-
16,356,902 of these shares would be allotted and issued upon exercise in full of the warrants granted by VS Berhad at an initial exercise price of RM1.38 per share (subject to adjustments) during a period of 3 years from 15 June 2021 to 14 June 2024.
-
VS Berhad completed its bonus issue exercise on 19 May 2021 and the option exercise price has been adjusted accordingly.
(b) Substantial Shareholders and other persons’ interests in Shares and underlying Shares
As at the Latest Practicable Date, substantial Shareholders and other persons (other than Directors or chief executive of the Company) who had interests or short positions in the Shares or underlying shares of the Company which would fall to be disclosed to the Company under the provisions of Divisions 2 and 3 of Part XV of the SFO, or which were recorded in the register required to be kept by the Company under Section 336 of the SFO were as follows:
| Approximate | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Number of | percentage of | ||
| Name of shareholder | Capacity | shares | interest |
| (Note 1) | |||
| VS Berhad | Beneficial owner | 1,000,109,963 (L) | 43.34% |
| B&E Holding Limited | Beneficial owner | 203,571,429 (L) | 8.82% |
| Beh Kim Siea | Interest of | 203,571,429 (L) | 8.82% |
| controlled | |||
| corproation |
- VII-2 -
GENERAL INFORMATION
APPENDIX VII
Notes:
- The letter “L” represents the shareholder’s long position interest in the shares of the Company.
As at the Latest Practicable Date, none of the Directors was a director or an employee of a company who had interests or short positions in the Shares or underlying Shares of the Company which would fall to be disclosed to the Company under the provisions of Divisions 2 and 3 of Part XV of the SFO.
Save as disclosed above, as at the Latest Practicable Date, the Company was not notified by any persons (other than Directors or chief executive of the Company as discussed above) who had interests or short positions in the Shares or underlying Shares of the Company which would fall to be disclosed to the Company under the provisions of Divisions 2 and 3 of Part XV of the SFO, or which were recorded in the register required to be kept by the Company under Section 336 of the SFO.
3. COMPETING INTEREST
So far as the Directors are aware, none of the Directors or their respective associates had interest in any business which compete or is likely to compete, either directly or indirectly, with the businesses of the Group as at the Latest Practicable Date.
4. DIRECTORS’ SERVICE CONTRACTS
As at the Latest Practicable Date, none of the Directors had entered into any existing or proposed service contract with any member of the Enlarged Group which was not determinable by the employer within one year without payment of compensation (other than statutory compensation).
5. DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN CONTRACTS OR ASSETS
As at the Latest Practicable Date, save for the Sale and Purchase Agreement,
-
(i) there was no contract or arrangement subsisting in which any Director was materially interested and which was significant in relation to any business of the Enlarged Group; and
-
(ii) none of the Directors had any direct or indirect interest in any assets which had been since 31 July 2023 (being the date to which the latest published audited financial statements of the Group were made up) acquired or disposed of by or leased to any member of the Group, or were proposed to be acquired or disposed of by or leased to any member of the Enlarged Group.
-
VII-3 -
GENERAL INFORMATION
APPENDIX VII
6. LITIGATION
As at the Latest Practicable Date, to the best of the Directors’ knowledge, information and belief, no member of the Enlarged Group was engaged in any litigation, arbitration or claim of material importance and no litigation, arbitration or claim of material importance is known to the Directors to be pending or threatened against any member of the Enlarged Group that would have a material adverse effect on the results of operations or financial conditions of the Enlarged Group.
7. QUALIFICATION AND CONSENTS OF EXPERT
- (a) The following sets out the qualifications of the experts who have given their opinions or advice or statements as contained in this circular:
Name Qualification
Gram Capital A corporation licensed to carry out Type 6 (advising on corporate finance) regulated activity under the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Chapter 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) PricewaterhouseCoopers Certified Public Accountants under Professional
Certified Public Accountants under Professional Accountants Ordinance (Cap. 50 of the Laws of Hong Kong) and Registered Public Interest Entity Auditor under Accounting and Financial Reporting Council Ordinance (Cap. 588 of the Laws of Hong Kong)
Roma Appraisals Limited Valuer
-
(b) As at the Latest Practicable Date, each of the above experts had no shareholding in the Company or any other member of the Group or the right (whether legally enforceable or not) to subscribe for or to nominate persons to subscribe for securities in the Company or any other member of the Group.
-
(c) As at the Latest Practicable Date, each of the above experts had no direct or indirect interests in any assets which has been acquired or disposed of by or leased to any member of the Enlarged Group since 31 July 2023 (the date to which the latest published audited consolidated financial statements of the Group were made up) or proposed to be so acquired, disposed of or leased to any member of the Enlarged Group.
-
(d) As at the Latest Practicable Date, each of the above experts had given and has not withdrawn its written consent to the issue of this circular with the inclusion herein of their reports or letters or their name and logo in the form and context in which they respectively appear.
-
VII-4 -
GENERAL INFORMATION
APPENDIX VII
8. MATERIAL CONTRACTS
As at the Latest Practicable Date, save as the Sale and Purchase Agreement, the Company or any member of the Enlarged Group did not enter into any contracts (not being contracts in the ordinary course of business) within two years immediately preceding the Latest Practicable Date which are or may be material.
9. DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY
Copies of the following documents will be published on the websites of the Company (www.vs-ig.com) and the Stock Exchange (www.hkexnews.hk) from the date of this circular until 14 days thereafter:
-
(a) the Sale and Purchase Agreement, being the material contract referred to in paragraph 8 of this appendix;
-
(b) the letter from the Board, the text of which is set out on pages 5 to 20 of this circular;
-
(c) the letter of recommendation from the Independent Board Committee, the text of which is set out on pages 21 to 22 of this circular;
-
(d) the letter from Gram Capital, the text of which is set out on pages 23 to 37 of this circular;
-
(e) the accountant’s report on the Target Group, the text of which is set out in Appendix II to this circular;
-
(f) the report on the unaudited pro forma financial information of the Enlarged Group upon Completion, the text of which is set out in Appendix IV to this circular;
-
(g) the valuation report on the property, the text of which is set out in Appendix V to this circular;
-
(h) the valuation report on the Target Group, the text of which is set out in Appendix VI to this circular;
-
(i) the written consents referred to in paragraph 7 of this appendix; and
-
(j) this circular.
10. MISCELLANEOUS
-
(a) The company secretary of the Company is Ms. Ng Ting On Polly, a practicing solicitor in Hong Kong.
-
(b) The registered office of the Company is situated at Cricket Square, Hutchines Drive, P.O. Box 2681, Grand Cayman, KY1-1111, Cayman Islands.
-
VII-5 -
GENERAL INFORMATION
APPENDIX VII
-
(c) The head office and principal place of business of the Company in Hong Kong is at 40th Floor, Jardine House, 1 Connaught Place, Central, Hong Kong.
-
(d) The principal share registrar and transfer office of the Company is Conyers Trust Company (Cayman) Limited at Cricket Square, Hutchines Drive, P.O. Box 2681, Grand Cayman, KY11111, Cayman Islands.
-
(e) The Hong Kong branch share registrar and transfer office of the Company in Hong Kong is Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited at Shops 1712-1716, 17th Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Wanchai, Hong Kong.
-
(f) In the event of inconsistency, the English text of this circular shall prevail over its Chinese text.
-
VII-6 -
NOTICE OF EGM
V.S. INTERNATIONAL GROUP LIMITED
(incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability)
(Stock code: 1002)
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the extraordinary general meeting (the “ EGM ”) of V.S. International Group Limited (the “ Company ”) will be held at V.S. Industry Berhad’s corporate office, No. 88, Jalan I- PARK SAC 5, Taman Perindustrian I-PARK SAC, 81400 Senai, Johor, Malaysia on Tuesday, 18 June 2024 at 11:00 a.m. for the purpose of considering and, if thought fit, passing the following ordinary resolution. Capitalised terms contained in the circular dated 24 May 2024 issued by the Company shall have the same meanings when used herein unless otherwise specified.
ORDINARY RESOLUTION
“ THAT
-
(a) the Sale and Purchase Agreement, a copy of which has been produced to the EGM and marked “A” and initialed by the chairman of the EGM for identification purpose, and the transactions as contemplated thereunder, including the issue of the Consideration Shares and the grant of the Call Option, be and are hereby approved, confirmed and ratified;
-
(b) conditional upon the Listing Committee of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange granting the approval of the listing of, and permission to deal in, the Consideration Shares to be issued by the Company as partial settlement of the Consideration pursuant to the Sale and Purchase Agreement, the Directors be and are hereby granted the specific mandate to allot and issue the Consideration Shares and take all such steps and do all such acts as may be necessary or expedient in order to give effect to the same; and
-
(c) and any one Director be and is hereby authorised to do all such acts and things and to sign and execute all such documents, instruments and agreements for and on behalf of the Company as he/she may consider necessary, appropriate, desirable or expedient to give effect to or in connection with this resolution.”
By order of the Board V.S. International Group Limited Beh Kim Ling Chairman
Zhuhai, the People’s Republic of China, 24 May 2024
- EGM-1 -
NOTICE OF EGM
Principal place of business in Hong Kong:
40th Floor, Jardine House
1 Connaught Place Central Hong Kong
Notes:
-
A shareholder entitled to attend and vote at the meeting convened by the above notice is entitled to appoint another person as his/her/its proxy to attend and vote instead of him/her/it. A shareholder who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him/her/it and vote on his/her/its behalf at the meeting. A proxy need not be a member of the Company but must be present in person to represent him/her/it.
-
The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointer or of his/her/its attorney duly authorised in wiring or, if the appointer is a corporation, either under its seal or under the hand of an officer, attorney or other person authorised to sign the same.
-
To be valid, the form of proxy together with a power of attorney or other authority, if any, under which it is signed or a notarially certified copy of such power or authority must be deposited at the offices of the Company’s branch share registrar and transfer office in Hong Kong, Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited (the “ Branch Registrar ”) at 17M Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Wanchai, Hong Kong, no later than 48 hours before the time of meeting (i.e. no later than 11:00 a.m. on Sunday, 16 June 2024 (Hong Kong time)) or any adjournment.
-
Completion and return of the form of proxy will not preclude a shareholder from attending and voting in person at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and in such event, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to be revoked.
-
In the case of joint registered holders of a share in the Company, any one of such joint holders may vote, either in person or by proxy, in respect of such Share as if he/she/it were solely entitled thereto or if more than one of such joint holders are present at the meeting, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders. For this purpose, seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the register of members of the Company in respect of the joint holding.
-
For the purpose of ascertaining Shareholders’ right to attend and vote at the EGM, the register of members of the Company will be closed from Thursday, 13 June 2024 to Tuesday, 18 June 2024, both days inclusive, during which period no transfer of shares of the Company will be registered. In order to be eligible to attend and vote at the EGM, all completed transfer documents accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) must be lodged with the Company’s branch share registrar in Hong Kong, namely Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited at Shops 17121716, 17th Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Wanchai, Hong Kong, for registration not later than 4:30 p.m. on Wednesday, 12 June 2024.
-
Where a “black” rainstorm warning is in force or a tropical cyclone warning signal number 8 or above is hoisted or remains hoisted or “extreme conditions” caused by super typhoons is in force at 8: 00 a.m. on the date of the EGM, the EGM will be postponed. The Company will publish an announcement on the website of the Company (www.vs-ig.com) and the Stock Exchange (www.hkexnews.hk) to notify the Shareholders of the date, time and place of the rescheduled meeting. The EGM will be held as scheduled when an amber or red rainstorm warning signal is in force. Having considered their own situations, Shareholders should decide on their own whether they would attend the EGM under any bad weather condition and if they do so, they are advised to exercise care and caution.
-
EGM-2 -
NOTICE OF EGM
As at the date of this notice, the board of directors of the Company (“ Directors ”) comprises the following members:
Executive Directors:
Independent non-executive Directors:
Mr. Beh Kim Ling Mr. Beh Chern Wei Mr. Zhang Pei Yu (Ms. Beh Hwee Sze as his alternate)
Mr. Tang Sim Cheow Ms. Fu Xiao Nan Mr. Wan Mohd Fadzmi
- EGM-3 -